Division 08 Doors & Windows Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Division 08 Doors and Windows
ODAC
Section 07200 Insulation
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
DIVISION 08: DOORS AND WINDOWS
1
Al LABINA / AL MANAR
in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Foreword
The internationally recognized framework known as Masterformat released by the Construction

Specifications Institute (CSI) has been adopted in order to organize the sorting and numbering in the new
edition of the specifications in a manner that insures the easy flow and exchange of information among
specialists and the community of the building industry at large. The new edition involves 12 main
divisions. These divisions are:
Division 01:
General Requirements
Division 02:
Site work
Division 03:
Concrete
Division 04:
Masonry
Division 05:
Metals
Division 06:
Wood and Plastics
Division 07:
Thermal and Moisture Protection
Division 08:
Doors and Windows
Division 09:
Finishes
Division 14:
Conveying Systems
Division 15:
Mechanical
Division 16:
Electrical
Each Division comprises a number of related Sections. For example: Division 08 includes eight sections.
They are:
08100
Doors and Frames
08200
Wooden and Plastic Doors
08300
Special Doors
08400
Entrances and Storefronts
08500
Metal Windows
08600
Wooden and Plastic Windows
08700
Hardware
08800
Glazing
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Further, each Section incorporates seven Parts as follows:

Part 1:
General: This is mainly concerned with the references, quality control, submittals, programs,
and maintenance.
Part 2:
Products: This gives a breakdown of material used in addition to their properties and place of
installation.
Part 3:
Execution: The most significant items in this Part are the execution and installation of the
works, field quality control, as well as cleaning and protection methods.
Part 4:
Methods of Measurement: This indicates the measurement units and the measuring methods
that shall be used for the Bills of Quantities.
Part 5:
Basis of Payment: This indicates the work that shall be completed for each item of the Bills of
Quantities. It also indicates the ancillary works to be included in the unit price rate.
Part 6:
Annex: Tables and Figures: Those relevant to the individual Section.
Comments and Recommendations may be forwarded to the following address:
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
DIVISION 08
DOORS AND WINDOWS
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
INDEX
Division 01: General Requirements
Division 02: Sitework
Division 03: Concrete
Division 04: Masonry
Division 05: Metals
Division 06: Wood & Plastics
Division 07: Thermal & Moisture Protection
Division 08: Doors & Windows
08100 Metal Doors and Frames
08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
08300 Special Doors
08400 Entrances and Storefront
08500 Metal Windows
08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
08700 Hardware
08800 Glazing
Division 09: Finishes

Division 14: Conveying Systems
Division 15: Mechanical
Division 16: Electrical
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
H11
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
CURTAIN WALLING
To be read in conjunction with General Requirements.
TYPES OF CURTAIN WALLING

110
-
137
-
CURTAIN WALLING TO ALL FACADES Type CW1 and CW2

Supporting structure: In situ reinforced concrete frame. floor and roof decks.
Curtain walling system:
- Manufacturer & reference: Schuco International KG, Whitehall Avenue,
Kingston, Milton Keynes, Buckinghamshire, UK Tel: 044 908 282 111 Fax:
044 908 282124
or equal and approved.
- Type: Thermally broken stick system.
To include all products, fixings and interfaces necessary to complete the
fabrication and installation. Performance criteria to comply with
Design/Performance Requirements and Testing subsections.
Internal framing member:
- Material: Aluminium as clause 710.
- Finish: Polyester powder coated as section Z31.
Colour/ texture: RAL Colour to be agreed. 80% gloss/20% matt.
Minimum film thickness: As section Z31
External cover cap:
- Material: Aluminium as clause 710.
- Finish: Polyester powder coated as section Z31.
Colour/ texture: RAL Colour to be agreed. 80% gloss/20% matt
Minimum film thickness: As section Z31
Glazing type: Hermetically sealed double glazed units with 16mm minimum
cavity.
- Inner pane: 6mm thick low emmissivity clear float glass. (Toughened safety
glass where required)
- Outer pane: 8mm thick Laminated solar control glass.
Glazing system: Double glazed gasketed system.
DOORSETS TO GLAZED SCREENS
As L20/482.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS/ PREPARATORY WORK

210
215
-
DESIGN
Complete the detailed design of the curtain walling and associated features to
meet the requirements of this specification.
Co-ordinate detailed design with that for all related works.
DESIGN PROPOSALS
The general arrangement drawings indicate design intent but do not preclude
submission with the tender of reasonable alternative proposals for consideration.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
220
-
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
SPECIFICATION
Comply with the latest edition of the Centre for Window and Cladding Technology
(CWCT) Standard for curtain walling unless specified otherwise in this section.
Keep a copy of the CWCT Standard for curtain walling at the design office,
workshop and on site, readily accessible for reference at all times during the
course of the works.
231
-
INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER

Submit to the CA within 4 weeks of appointment the following curtain walling
particulars:
- A schedule of detailed drawings and dates for submission for comment.
- A schedule of loads that will be transmitted from the curtain walling to the
structure.
- Proposed fixing anchor details relevant to structural design and construction.
- A detailed testing programme in compliance with the Main Contract master
programme.
- A detailed fabrication and installation programme in compliance with the Main
Contract master programme.
- A quality plan in compliance with CWCT Guide to good practice for facades,
Section 6.
- Proposals to support any outstanding applications for Building Regulation
consents or relaxations and thereby obtain approval.
232
DESIGN AND PRODUCTION INFORMATION

Submit the following curtain walling particulars:
- Typical plan, section and elevation drawings at suitable scales.
Typical detailed drawings at large scales, including details showing the
incorporation of
doorsets, casement window inserts and associated
jamb, head and sill flashings as
shown on the indicative design
drawings.
- Technical information and certification demonstrating compliance with
specification of proposed incorporated products and finishes.
- Certification, reports and calculations demonstrating compliance with
specification of proposed curtain walling.
- Proposals for connections to and support from the building structure and
building components.
- Proposals for amendments to primary supporting structure and for secondary
supporting structure additional to that shown on preliminary design drawings.
- Schedule of builders work, special provisions and special attendance by
others.
- Examples of standard documentation from which project quality plan will be
prepared.
- Preliminary fabrication and installation method statements and programme.
- Schedule of products and finishes with a design life expectancy less than that
specified in clause 440, with proposals for frequencies and methods of
replacement.
- Proposals for replacing damaged or failed products.
-
Design and detailing:

2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
Complete the design and detailing of the work and provide complete
production information (including as appropriate, fabrication/installation
drawings, all design calculations, specifications etc.) based on the drawings,
this specification and other information provided, liasing with the CA, and
others as necessary to help ensure co-ordination of the work with related
building elements and services.
- Information:
- Request additional information as necessary from the CA and provide
information as necessary in time to meet the programme.
- Submission:
- Submit sufficient copies of the design/production information, including copies
for the CA and consultants.
- Inspection by the CA:
- The CA will inspect the design/production information, record his comments
and return to the Contractor within the period stated on the Form of Tender.
- Amendments:
- Make any necessary amendments without delay. Unless and until it is
confirmed that the resubmission is not required, resubmit for further review
and comment, and incorporate any necessary amendments all as before.
- Variations:
- If submitted design/production information differs from the
Subcontract/Tender/Contract documents each such difference must be the
subject of a request for substitution or Variation, supported by all relevant
information.
- Amendments required by CA:
- Should any amendment to design/production information required by the CA
be considered to involve a Variation which has not already been
acknowledged as a Variation by the CA, notify the CA without delay and in
any case within 7 days, and do not proceed with ordering, fabrication, or fixing
until subsequently instructed. Claims for the extra cost of such work, if made
after it has been carried out, may not be allowed.
Distribution of final version:
Submit sufficient copies of final design/production information, including 6
copies for the CA and consultants, for distribution to all affected parties.
235
-
251
-
INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF TESTING

OR FABRICATION OF CURTAIN WALLING
Submit the following curtain walling particulars:
- Detailed drawings to fully describe fabrication and installation.
- Detailed calculations to prove compliance with design/ performance
requirements.
- Project specific fabrication, handling and installation method statements.
- Certification for incorporated components manufactured by others confirming
their suitability for proposed locations in the curtain walling.
- Recommendations for spare parts for future repairs or replacements.
- Recommendations for safe dismantling and recycling or disposal of products.
PRODUCT & FABRICATION SAMPLES
General: Before commencing detailed design, submit labelled samples of curtain
walling items.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
260
-
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
SAMPLES OF FIXINGS
General: During detailed design, submit labelled samples of each type of fixing
anchor, including casting-in restraints and shims, together with manufacturers
recommended torque figures.
DESIGN/ PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
304
-
306
-
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: The curtain walling shall be designed, constructed

and installed:
To be able to accommodate without distortion or other defect all reasonable
anticipated stress,
To be weathertight.
To meet the performance requirements stated herein which shall be considered
as the minimum acceptable levels. The ability to achieve a performance higher
than the minimum will be taken into account in the selection of the system. The
Contractor will be entirely responsible for the adequacy and suitability of its
purpose of work specified notwithstanding any requirements herein stated. The
design shall comply with any Act of Parliament or any Regulation or By-Law of
any Local Authority or of any Statutory Undertaking which has any jurisdiction
with regard to the works and the Contractor shall be entirely responsible for
obtaining all necessary consents.
GENERAL
Comply with Section 2 - Performance Criteria unless specified or agreed
otherwise.
Project performance requirements specified in this subsection: Read in
conjunction with CWCT performance criteria.
307
-
TOLERANCE
Shall be provided for the curtain wall design to enable it to be installed within
agreed limits to be set by reference to the building tolerances required by the CA.
The Contractor shall also take into account the relationship of his work with other
adjacent trades and the tolerances thereon.
309
-
MATERIALS
All materials used shall be compatible with one another and with the building
fabric. Where required between contact surfaces of concrete, galvanised or
stainless steel, or aluminium, particularly in damp conditions, a separating
membrane shall be introduced. The selection of metal types and grades, for use
in the curtain wall construction shall, notwithstanding any other requirements of
this specification, take into account the requirement to prevent the occurrence of
electrolytic action between metal.
313
-
INTEGRITY
Requirement: The curtain walling must resist wind loads, dead loads and design
live loads, and accommodate deflections and movements without damage.
Design wind pressure: Calculate in accordance with BS 6399-2 with a minimum
design wind pressure of 1200 Pa.
Permanent imposed loads: To structural engineers direction
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
319
-
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
Temporary imposed loads: Foot traffic and maintenance personnel.

PERMITTED DEFLECTION OF FRAMING MEMBERS
For wind resistance and safety shall be as set out in sections 2.12 and 2.13 of
Standard for Curtain Walling published by the Centre for Window and Cladding
Technology. The maximum vertical deflection of any horizontal member at
midspan shall be span/400 or 3mm whichever is less.
The curtain walling, its fixings to structure, and adjacent components shall resist
the design wind pressure without permanent deformation.
320
-
DEFLECTION UNDER DEAD LOADS

Requirement: Framing members parallel to the curtain walling plane must not:
- Reduce glass bite to less than 75% of design dimension.
- Reduce edge clearance to less than 3 mm between members and immediately
adjacent glazing units, panel/ facing units or other fixed units.
- Reduce clearance to less than 2 mm between members and movable
components such as doors and windows.
322
RESISTANCE TO DEAD LOADS

- The maximum vertical deflection of any horizontal member at midspan shall
be span/400 or 3mm whichever is less.
325
RESISTANCE TO IMPACT: Curtain walling shall- Be capable of withstanding hard and soft body impacts applied or transferred
to either of its faces during normal use without sustaining significant damage
and without deterioration of its performance. Hard and soft bodies shall be as
defined in BS8200, Appendix G.
- When subject to abuse not be dislodged from the structure or produce falling
debris which may be a hazard to occupants or to people outside the building
- the above requirements do not apply to glazing.
- In respect of infill panels and panels which are an integral part of the curtain
walling, be required to resist the following ranges of impact levels:Hard body from 7.5 to 15 Nm
Soft Body from 120 to 250 Nm
At the lower levels of the above impact forces and at the higher levels of the
hard body test there shall be no failure or damage to brittle materials and
there shall be no significant damage to finishes and no significant denting.
At the higher levels for the soft body test the impactor should not pass through
the specimen nor dislodge any materials from the face of the specimen.
327
MANUFACTURING CURTAIN WALL TOLERANCES

- Curtain wall and glazing elements: +/- 1.5mm
- Cladding panels, flashings, casings: length +/- 1.0mm
- Cladding panels, flashings, casings: width +/- 1.0mm
328
PANEL STRENGTH AND FLATNESS: Sheet aluminium members will be of

adequate strength to ensure complete rigidity without any distortion. Panels will
be manufactured within the following allowable tolerances:
per 900mm width: 1.5mm concave or convex distortion non cumulative.
per 2.00m length: +/- non cumulative.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
329
SHAPE: The design shall be such that bow and twist, both in the plane of the
curtain walling, in the members themselves and in the squareness of the installed
assemblies, shall be within limits which will not have any adverse effect on the
weather-tightness performance and shall be acceptable to the CA.
331
-
GENERAL MOVEMENT
Requirement: Curtain walling must accommodate anticipated building movements
as advised by the structural engineer.
341
-
AIR PERMEABILITY
Permissible air leakage rates of 1.5m/hr/m for fixed lights and 2.0 m/hr/lin.m for
opening lights must not be exceeded when the curtain walling is subjected to a
peak positive test pressure of 600 Pascals.
350
WATER PENETRATION
- Requirement: Moisture must not penetrate to internal surfaces or into cavities
not designed to be wetted when the curtain walling is subjected to a peak
positive test pressure of 450 Pascals.
360
WIND RESISTANCE SERVICEABILITY: Glazed units in framing member tests

must have all edges supported.
370
-
THERMAL PROPERTIES
Requirement: Average thermal transmittance (U-value) of the curtain walling,
calculated using the elemental method: 2.2w/sq mK.
385
-
THERMAL STRESS IN GLAZING

Glass panes/ units: Must have adequate resistance to thermal stress generated
by orientation, shading, solar control and construction.
390
-
AVOIDANCE OF CONDENSATION
Requirement: The psychrometric conditions under which condensation must not
form on building interior surfaces of framing members or any part of infill panels/
facings are:
- External summer: 29 degC maximum at 65% RH.
- External winter: -3 degC minimum at 50% RH.
- Internal summer: 24 degC at 65% RH.
- Internal winter: 21 degC at 50% RH.
410
SOUND TRANSMITTANCE: To Acoustic Consultants recommendations
422
UNPROTECTED AREA: The curtain walling will be classed as an unprotected

area and there is no fire resistance requirement.
426
-
INTERNAL SURFACE SPREAD OF FLAME OF CURTAIN WALLING

The Contractor shall state the surface spread of flame grading as defined in
BS476:Part 7 for internal and external surfaces of the curtain walling system.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
430
-
FIRE STOPPING
Must be provided at all junctions of curtain walling with compartment walls and
floors. Use materials and methods of fixing to ensure fire resistance not less than
that specified for compartment walls and floors.
440
-
DESIGN LIFE OF CURTAIN WALLING

Duration (minimum): 30 years.
Maintenance: Submit a schedule for maintenance and for replacement of
secondary components.
444
-
ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS
During the life of the curtain walling exposure to sunlight shall not reduce the
performance or visual appearance.
450
-
SAFETY
The finished surfaces of curtain walling in all accessible internal and external
areas must not:
- Have irregularities capable of inflicting personal injury.
- Release irritant or staining substances.
TESTING
511
-
516
-
521
-
530
-
COMPARISON (TYPE) TESTING

Fabrication and installation of curtain walling must not commence until test results
and reports showing compliance with this specification have been submitted to
the CA.
Previous results or classification submissions will be considered.
PROJECT TESTING (LABORATORY)
At an agreed stage in detailed design work arrange for laboratory testing of a
specimen of curtain walling in accordance with relevant clauses of this
specification.
The costs of such tests shall be identified in the tender.
Fabrication and installation of curtain walling must not commence until test results
and reports showing compliance with this specification have been submitted to
the CA.
PROJECT TESTING (SITE)
At an agreed stage during preliminary installation on site, arrange for testing of a
section of curtain walling in accordance with relevant clauses of this specification.
Protect building structure, components and finishes from any damage
consequent upon testing.
Installation of general areas of curtain walling must not continue until site test
results and reports showing compliance with this specification have been
submitted to the CA.
TESTING AUTHORITY
Requirement: Project testing must be carried out by a United Kingdom
Accreditation Service (UKAS) approved independent laboratory.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
541
-
TEST SPECIMEN
One structural bay of the ground floor glazing
551
TEST SEQUENCE - STANDARD LABORATORY TESTS: To CWCT Standard

for curtain walling, clause 3.8.1, Standard sequence A, as follows:
Air permeability/leakage as clause 570.
Watertightness static as clause 575.
Wind resistance serviceability as clause 585.
Air permeability/leakage as clause 570.
Wind resistance safety as clause 590.
Dismantle, inspect and record.
570
-
AIR PERMEABILITY/LEAKAGE TESTS

To CWCT Standard for curtain walling, clause 3.4. Peak pressure as specified in
clause 340.
Carry out tests in calm wind conditions and standard temperature, pressure and
humidity conditions.
Regions of concentrated air leakage are to be identified by smoke.
575
WATERTIGHTNESS STATIC TESTS: To CWCT Standard for curtain walling,

clause 3.5.1. Peak pressure as specified in clause 350.
585
WIND RESISTANCE SERVICEABILITY TEST: To CWCT Standard for curtain

walling, clause 3.6. Peak pressure equal to 1.5 times the design wind pressure
as specifed in clause 313.
590
WIND RESISTANCE SAFETY TEST: To CWCT Standard for curtain walling,

clause 3.6. Peak pressure equal to 1.5 times the design wind pressure as
specified in clause 313.
635
-
WATERTIGHTNESS - HOSE SITE TEST

Requirement: To CWCT Standard for curtain walling, clause 3.11.3.
- Joints to be tested: As directed by the CA.
PRODUCTS
710
-
ALUMINIUM ALLOY FRAMING SECTIONS

Standard: To relevant parts of BS EN 515, BS EN 573, BS EN 755 and BS EN
12020.
Alloy, temper and thickness: Suitable for the application and specified finish.
Structural members: To BS 8118-2.
713
ALUMINIUM SHEET MEMBERS FOR POLYESTER POWDER COATING: Shall

comply with the requirements of parts 1-4 of BS EN 485: 1993/4, BS EN
515:1993 and parts 1-4 of BS EN 573:1995 and shall be of grades such as 1200
or 3103. The alloy selected will be of atemper suitable for the type of forming to
be adopted.
715
MILD STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS/ REINFORCEMENT

8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
717
-
720
731
-
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
Standards: To relevant parts of BS 7668, BS EN 10029, BS EN 10113, BS EN

10137, BS EN 10155 and BS EN 10210.
Thickness: Suitable for the application, and for galvanizing or other protective
coating.
MILD STEEL SHEET
Standards: To relevant parts of BS 1449-1, BS EN 10048, BS EN 10051, BS EN
10111, BS EN 10131, BS EN 10132, BS EN 10139, BS EN 10140, BS EN 10149,
BS EN 10209 and BS EN 10268.
Grade and thickness: Suitable for the application, and for galvanizing or other
protective coating.
STAINLESS STEEL SHEET
Standards: To relevant parts of BS EN 10029, BS EN 10048, BS EN 10051, BS
EN 10095, BS EN 10258, BS EN 10259.
Grade: To BS EN 10088-2, austenitic 1.4301 (304) generally, 1.4401 (316) when
used externally or in severely corrosive environments.
Thickness: Suitable for the application.
MECHANICAL FIXINGS
Stainless steel: To BS EN ISO 3506-1 and - 2, grade A2 generally, grade A4
when used in severely corrosive environments.
Mild steel: To BS 4190 and suitable for galvanizing or other protective coating.
Aluminium brackets, rivets and shear pins: To relevant parts of BS EN 755.
All fastenings used to secure opening lights to the curtain walling shall be of
austenitic stainless steel.
Shall not incorporate percussive fixings.
732
-
ADHESIVES
General: Not degradable by moisture or water vapour.
733
-
PACKING AND SHIMS

General: To be of aluminium or austenitic stainless steel.
735
-
FIXING ANCHORS
Dimensions: Not less than recommended by their manufacturers.
Adjustment capability: Sufficient in three dimensions to accommodate building
structure and curtain walling fabrication/ installation tolerances.
736
-
GLAZING SYSTEM: Shall be

Non setting compound, or pre-shimmed tapes or similar, used in conjunction with
a compatible sealant capping or heel bead or
EPDM strips or gaskets, used without a sealant, either where compression is
provided, or where the system is drained to the outside.
738
-
GLASS GENERALLY
Standards: To BS 952 and relevant parts of:
- BS EN 572 for basic soda lime silicate glass.
- BS EN 1096 for coated glass.
- BS EN 1748 for borosilicate glass.
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
739
-
741
-
743
-
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
- BS EN 1863 for heat strengthened soda lime silicate glass.

- BS EN 12150 for thermally toughened soda lime silicate glass.
- BS EN 13024 for thermally toughened borosilicate glass.
- BS EN ISO 12543 for laminated glass.
Have minimal roll distortion and in the horizontal plane only.
Contain no local defects such as tong marks etc. which will produce irregular
reflection.
Have a high optical purity with minimal body colour ie. As clear as possible.
Panes to have undamaged edges and surfaces.
Panes to be accurately sized, clean and free from obvious scratches, bubbles,
cracks, ripplings, dimples and other defects.
Panes edges to be generally undisfigured. Shells and chips not more than 2 mm
deep and extending not more than 5 mm across the surface are acceptable if
ground out.
Be stored:
- in dry conditions with no moisture between sheets.
- out of direct sunlight.
- away from heat sources.
- within 10 deg. of vertical.
- out of contact with hard materials.
- out of contact with alkaline materials such as cement or lime.
- in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES ON GLASS
Measurement of tolerances: Before any thermal toughening/ heat strengthening.
Pane dimensions less than 1500 mm:
- For 3 to 6 mm thick glass: 1.0 mm.
- For 15 mm and thicker glass: 2.5 mm.
Pane dimensions more than 1500 mm:
Pane squareness: Not more than 4 mm difference in diagonal measurements.
DISTORTIONAL TOLERANCES ON GLASS
Measurement of tolerances: After any thermal toughening/ heat strengthening.
Maximum bow: 0.2% of pane dimension.
Maximum roller wave:
Maximum edge dip:
THERMALLY TOUGHENED GLASS: Shall be:
Thermally toughened Soda Silicate Safety glass complying with BS EN 12150-1
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
745
-
750
-
752
760
-
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
Subjected to a heat soaking regime designed to reduce the incidence of failure

due to nickel sulphide inclusions:
All panes must be heat soaked at a mean glass temperature of 290 + 10 degC.
For not less than 8 hours.
INSULATING GLASS UNITS
Standard for double glazed units: To BS 5713 and Kitemark certified.
Colour of aluminium perimeter spacers: White
Perimeter seals: Resistant to UV light degradation on exposed edges.
Compatible with any structural/ assembly/ weather sealants with which they come
into contact.
Perimeter taping: Not permitted.
INFILL PANELS/ FACINGS
Tolerances:
- Deviation in size (maximum): 1 mm.
- Deviation in flatness from plane per 2 m length (maximum): 1 mm.
Rigidity: Adequate to comply with design/ performance requirements.
LAMINATED GLASS UNITS: Shall be installed:
Generally as clause 745.
So that the laminated glass edges are sealed properly using sealants with the
interlayer and so that migration of sealants into the interlayer does not occur.
So that delamination of the laminated glass does not occur.
Incorporating removeable indicators to facilitate visual checks on the correct
positioning of glass types.
With polyvinyl butryal (PVB) interlayers.
GASKETS
Material:
- Noncellular rubber to BS 4255-1.
- Cellular rubber to ASTM-C509.
Continuity: Outer gaskets of single front sealed curtain walling systems and inner
gaskets of drained and ventilated or pressure equalized curtain walling systems
must be formed in a complete frame with sealed joints. Vulcanized rubber
gaskets must have factory moulded corner joints.
Durability: Resistant to oxidation, ozone and UV degradation.
770
-
GENERAL SEALANTS
Selection: In accordance with BS 6213 from:
- Silicone to BS 5889.
- One part polysulfide to BS 5215.
- Two part polysulfide to BS 4254.
- One or two part polyurethane.
773
-
SEALANTS shall be:

Selected by the contractor unless otherwise stated.
Compatible with all material(s) with which it will be in contact, and where required
by the CA, tested by the manufacturer on the material(s) with which it will be in
contact to ensure that no staining occurs and to verify surface protection
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
780
-
786
-
795
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
procedure and ensure adequate adhesion. Results shall be submitted to the CA

prior to the start of fabrication.
Suitable for their purpose and capable of performing adequately over their design
life which shall be stated with the tender and in no case be less than 15 years.
Capable of renewal without removal of any adjacent component.
Colour matched to adjacent finishes.
Of a colour acceptable to the CA.
Applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturers printed instructions,
including, but not confined to joint size, bond breakers, surface cleaning and
priming and application.
The Contractor shall submit complete information to the sealant manufacturer
who shall review all details and certify that the product(s) will be suitable for the
application(s).
THERMAL INSULATION
Material: Mineral wool slabs.
- Properties: Durable, rot and vermin proof and not degradable by moisture or
water vapour.
Fixing: Attached to or supported within the curtain walling so as not to bulge, sag,
delaminate or detach during installation or in situ during the life of the curtain
walling.
VAPOUR CONTROL LAYER
Aluminium alloy as clause 712, mild steel as clause 717 or stainless steel as
clause 720, not less than 1.5 mm thick, or
Reinforced membranes of foil, plastics or rubbers, protected both sides by rigid
facings/linings.
Fixed to ensure continuity of vapour control on the warm side of thermal
insulation.
ACCESSORIES: The curtain walling shall include all necessary fixing
accessories including any parts required to make joints between the curtain
walling and adjacent components.
FINISHES
810
-
820
-
PROTECTIVE COATING OF MILD STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS/

REINFORCEMENT
Treatment: One of the following to all surfaces:
- Hot dip galvanized to BS EN ISO 1461.
- An appropriate equivalent coating to BS 5493, BS EN ISO 12944 or BS EN
ISO 14713.
PROTECTIVE COATING OF MILD STEEL MECHANICAL FIXINGS
Treatment: One of the following to all surfaces:
- Sherardized to BS 4921, class 1 coating thickness and passivated.
- Zinc plated to BS EN 12329, coating designation Fe//Zn//C for an iridescent
(yellow passivate) chromate conversion coating or Fe//Zn//D for an opaque
(olive green) chromate conversion coating.
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
830
-
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
POWDER COATING
Requirement: As section Z31.
FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION
901
-
GENERALLY:
Fabricate and install curtain walling in accordance with this specification and the
final detailed drawings.
Select and align all products to ensure uniformity of appearance.
Joints must only occur at positions indicated on final detailed drawings.
Isolate dissimilar metals to prevent electrolytic corrosion.
All fixings must be concealed unless indicated on final detailed drawings. Where
exposed they must match the material and finish of the products fixed.
Machine cut and drill all products in the workshop wherever possible.
Mark or tag all products to facilitate identification during assembly, handling,
storage and installation. Glass shall be marked to indicate its location in
accordance with the recommendations of BS 6262. Do not mark surfaces visible
in the complete installations.
Joints between frames and building surrounds shall be sealed internally where
necessary and bedded and sealed externally.
Aluminium surfaces in contact with cementitious surfaces shall be protected by a
bitumen coating to BS 3416 type 1.
909
-
TRAINING
Ensure that a minimum of 50% of personnel on site at any time at any time are in
possession of a current Full Registration card issued under the Registration and
Certification Scheme for Window and Curtain Wall Installers. Cards shall show
that personnel are qualified for the systems relevant to this project. Operatives
executing fixings and other critical portions of the work shall be fully registered.
910
-
GENERALLY
Electrolytic corrosion: Prevent. Submit proposed methods.
Fixings: Concealed unless indicated on detailed drawings. Where exposed they
must match material and finish of the products fixed.
Fabrication: Machine cut and drill products in the workshop wherever possible.
Identification of products: Mark or tag to facilitate identification during assembly,
handling, storage and installation. Do not mark surfaces visible in the completed
installation.
912
-
METALWORK
Requirement: As section Z11, unless specified otherwise in this section.
915
-
GLAZING
Requirement: As section L40, unless specified otherwise in this section.
Directional patterned/ wired glass: Generally fix parallel to surround and align
adjacent panes where seen together at close quarters.
917
-
FIXINGS/ ADHESIVES APPLICATION

13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
920
-
SEALANT APPLICATION
931
-
ASSEMBLY
Carry out as much assembly as possible in the workshop.
Joints (other than movement joints) must be rigidly secured, reinforced where
necessary and fixed with hairline abutments.
Take precautions to prevent displacement of components in assembled units.
Obtain approval for any reassembly on site.
935
-
940
-
945
-
INSPECTION:
All fabrication and assembled units must be carefully inspected for match with
approved samples and for compliance with this specification and the final detailed
drawings before dispatch to site.
Give adequate notice of inspection arrangements to enable the CA and/or other
affected parties to be present.
PROTECTION:
All fabrications and assembled units must be protected against damage,
corrosion and disfigurement during handling, installation and subsequent site
operations.
Protective coverings must be applied before dispatch to site and must not be
detrimental to curtain walling products, finishes or installation procedures.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Do not deliver to site any curtain walling products and units which cannot be
installed immediately or unloaded into a suitable well protected storage area.
Store products and units on level bearers clear of the ground and separate with
resilient spacers.
950
-
SUITABILITY OF SUPPORTING STRUCTURE

Pre-installation survey: Submit report if required accuracy or security of curtain
walling installation cannot be achieved.
956
-
FIXING ANCHOR INSTALLATION

Site drill or cut into structure only in approved locations.
Distances between all fixing components and edges of concrete must not be less
than recommended by manufacturers.
Obtain approval before carrying out corrective fabrication to fixing anchors.
965
-
PRELIMINARY CURTAIN WALLING INSTALLATION

Requirement: Complete an area for inspection and approval of appearance as
follows: Refer to clause 541 for location .
970
-
CURTAIN WALLING INSTALLATION

Securing to fixing anchors: Through holes formed during fabrication only.
Tightening mechanical fasteners: To manufacturers recommended torque
figures. Do not overtighten fasteners intended to permit differential movement.
Protective coverings: Remove only where necessary to facilitate installation and
from surfaces that will be inaccessible on completion.
14
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H11
ODAC
CURTAIN WALLING
977
-
WELDING
Is permitted, subject to completion of a hot work permit form and compliance
with its requirements.
980
-
INTERFACES
Flashings, closers, etc: Locate and form correctly to provide weathertight
junctions with the curtain walling.
982
-
IRONMONGERY
Assembly and fixing: Accurately, using fasteners with matching finish supplied by
ironmongery manufacturer.
Completion: Check, adjust and lubricate as necessary to ensure correct
functioning.
985
-
DAMAGE
Do not repair curtain walling without approval. Such approval will not be given
where products and units are badly damaged or where the proposed repair will
impair performance or appearance.
Repairs may require additional site testing at the discretion of the CA.
Schedule repairs or record on drawings for inclusion in the maintenance manual.
990
-
CLEANING
At Practical Completion or when otherwise agreed with the CA, remove any
protective coverings and thoroughly clean external and internal curtain walling
areas. Cleaning agents for the purpose must be approved by the curtain walling
manufacturer and incorporated products manufacturers.
995
-
MAINTENANCE
Prepare a maintenance manual in accordance with CWCT Guide to Good
Practice for Facades, Section 10. Unless otherwise instructed or agreed the
manual must be completed and handed over to the CA at Practical Completion.
15
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H31
H31
ODAC
METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
To be read with Preliminaries/ General Conditions

TENDERING
010
-
INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED WITH TENDER

Submit the following cladding particulars:
- Typical plan, section and elevation drawings at suitable scales.
- Typical detailed drawings at large scales.
- Technical information and certification demonstrating compliance with
specification of proposed incorporated products and finishes.
- Certification, reports and calculations demonstrating compliance with
specification of proposed cladding.
- Proposals for connections to and support from the primary support structure.
- Proposals for primary support structure additional to that shown on preliminary
design drawings.
- Schedule of builder's work, special provisions and special attendance by
others.
- Examples of standard documentation from which project quality plan will be
prepared.
- Preliminary fabrication and installation method statements and programme.
- Proposals for replacing damaged or failed products.
- Areas of non-compliance with specification.
TYPES OF CLADDING
130
ALUMINIUM CLADDING PANELS TO EXTERNAL ANGLED SHADING

PANELS: Type CW8
To be read with Preliminaries/ General conditions.
-
MATRIX 1
HONEYCOMB CLADDING PANEL SYSTEM
Manufacturer and reference:

PSP metal faade solutions
Unit 11, all saints industrial estate
Shildon, co. Durham, UK. DL4 2RD
TEL 01388 770 490
FAX 01388 778 068
Metal panel drained/back ventilated rainscreen cladding Structurally
laminated
double skin and honeycomb core composite panel
bespoke.
Alternative manufacturers/suppliers can be considered but must be equal or
approved.
Panel thickness:
Front skin
Nominal 30 mm
0.9mm coloured anodised aluminium sheeting grade
EN AW-3004.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H31
ODAC
Internal skin material
0.9mm coloured anodised aluminium sheeting grade

EN AW-3004.
Internal skin finish
coloured anodised
Internal skin colour
TBC
Core:
Commercial grade aluminium honeycomb designed to

offer the following features:
Use Temperatures up to 350oF
High Thermal Conductivity
Flame Resistant
Excellent Moisture and Corrosion Resistance
Fungi Resistant
Low Weight/High Strength
Standard core thickness 28mm
(alternative core thicknesses are available to suit
span and wind loading criteria)
Panel Supports
Panels to be fixed via aluminium cleats direct to structural steel frame.
Structural support Structural Steelwork Framing to fins by others.
Joints:
Nominal 15mm recessed Horizontal.
FIXING CLADDING
P2.1 Structure:
All primary structure is the responsibility of others. Contractors should note the
following:The primary structure should be designed to take all loads imposed by the
cladding system.
In order to achieve an acceptable elevational line on the finished facade the
tolerances of the primary structure must be considered.
The primary structure must be within tolerance before handover to following
trades.
P2.6 Manufacturer/Installers:
The system, manufactured by PSP LTD, must be detailed and installed by a PSP
Approved Installation Contractor.
P2.6.1 Design:
All design details/specifications are to be approved by Architect/Agent before
manufacture.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H31
ODAC
P2.6.2 Production Information:

Drawings and manufacturing information will be prepared, based upon
information provided under P2.6 standard specifications and details (non-project
specific) are available on request.
P2.7
MANUFACTURING ACCURACY
P2.7.1
Finished dimensions of completed units to be such that the cladding, when
erected, complies with clause P2.8.1 and all sizes fall within the indicated
permissible deviations.
P2.8
SYSTEM TOLERANCES
P2.8.1 PANELS
1.
Permitted deviation of overall panel width
1.5mm
2.
Permitted deviation in panel length
For panel lengths up to 2400mm
For panel lengths over 2400mm
3.
Maximum permitted deviation in length of
two opposite sides of panels
- 1mm
4.
Squareness of panels:
+1.5mm
+1.5mm
-1.5mm
+2mm
- 2mm
+ 1mm
When the longest of two adjacent sides of panel is taken as the base line, the
deviation of the shorter side measured from a perpendicular to the baseline shall
not exceed.
+1.5mm
-1.5mm
5.
Flatness:
The cellular honeycomb core is cut to 0.2mm tolerance, which provides
an
exceptionally flat surface for skin bonding. This method of
composite assembly
provides extreme optical panel flatness.
To establish panel flatness, panels should be measured under ambient factory
temperature and humidity. The tolerances do not take into account any thermal
expansion or contraction.
Manufacture Metal skins are coated with a non-flammable, two part polyurethane
based laminating adhesive, which has a low viscosity and provides foaming to
ensure maximum coverage is achieved. The adhesive is applied by an automated
diamond bead application system which has a co-ordinated conveyor-feed
system to ensure all items achieve consistent coverage. The core is positioned
between the metal skins and the assembly is structurally bonded within a heated
platen press.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H31
ODAC
P4.1 FASTENINGS GENERALLY:

Type(s), size(s), material(s) and finish(s)
as specified, or in the absence of such specification, as recommended for the
purpose by fixing specialist, as recommended in BS 5427, clause 23.
P4.2
SUB-STRUCTURE: Contractors should note the following:-
The sub-structure should be designed to transfer all loads back to the primary
structure.
In order to achieve an acceptable elevational line on the finished facade, the
tolerances between the sub-structure and the primary structure must be
considered and a means of adjustment should be incorporated.
Secondary steelwork tolerance must be 5mm.
The sub-structure must be within tolerance before the installation of the cladding
system.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND SPECIFICATIONS STATED WITHIN THIS
DOCUMENT ARE A GENERAL GUIDE ONLY AND ARE SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. PSP Ltd DO NOT ACCEPT RESPONSIBILITY
FOR ERRORS OR FOR ANY INFORMATION FOUND TO BE MISLEADING.
PLEASE CHECK WITH PSP Ltd TO CONFIRM INDIVIDUAL PROJECT
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS/ PREPARATORY WORK

210
-
220
-
230
-
DESIGN
Cladding system and associated features: Complete detailed design in
accordance with this specification and the preliminary design drawings and
submit before commencement of fabrication.
Related works: Coordinate in detailed design.
SPECIFICATION
Compliance standards: The Centre for Window and Cladding Technology
(CWCT) Standard for systemised building envelopes.
Reference information: For the duration of the contract, keep available at the
design office, workshop and on site copies of:
- The Centre for Window and Cladding Technology (CWCT) Standard for
systemised building envelopes.
- Publications invoked by the CWCT Standard for systemised building
envelopes.
INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED DURING DETAILED DESIGN
- A schedule of detailed drawings and dates for submission for comment.
- A schedule of loads that will be transmitted from the rainscreen cladding to the
structure.
- Proposed fixing details and systems relevant to the structural design and
construction with methods of adjustment and tolerances.
- A schedule of fabrication tolerances/ size tolerances.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H31
ODAC
- A detailed testing programme in compliance with the Main Contract master

programme.
- A detailed fabrication and installation programme in compliance with the Main
Contract master programme.
- Proposals to support outstanding applications for Building Regulation consents
or relaxations.
232
-
Quality plan
Requirement: Submit during detailed design.
Content: In accordance with BS 5750 and including the following:
- Name of the quality manager.
- Quality assessment procedures.
- Inspection procedures to be adopted in checking the work.
- Stages at which check lists will be used and samples of the lists.
- List of work procedures on the correct use of materials or components, both off
site and on site.
- List of product information with latest revisions.
- Subcontractors involved in the work.
- Subcontractors quality plans.
- Storage, handling, transport and protection procedures.
- Procedure for registering and reporting non compliances.
- Maintenance procedures and calibration records.
- Certification that completed work complies with specification.
- Check list register to ensure all items have been inspected and non
compliances discharged.
235
INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF TESTING

OR MANUFACTURE OF RAINSCREEN CLADDING SYSTEM
- Detailed drawings to fully describe fabrication and installation.
- Detailed calculations to prove compliance with design/ performance
requirements.
- Project specific fabrication, handling and installation method statements.
- Certification for incorporated components manufactured by others confirming
their suitability for proposed locations in the rainscreen cladding.
- Recommendations for spare parts for future repairs or replacements.
- Recommendations for safe dismantling and recycling or disposal of products.
250
-
SAMPLES OF FIXINGS
General: During detailed design, submit labelled samples of each type of fixing,
together with manufacturers' recommended torque figures.
260
-
FABRICATION SAMPLES
General: During detailed design, submit samples of: Typical honeycomb panel
and sill flashing
Obtain approval of appearance before proceeding.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H31
ODAC
DESIGN/ PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

310
-
335
-
350
-
360
-
370
-
CWCT 'STANDARD FOR SYSTEMISED BUILDING ENVELOPES'

General: Unless specified or agreed otherwise comply with:
Part 2 - Loads, fixings and movement.
Part 3 - Air, water and wind resistance.
Part 4 - Operable components, additional elements and means of access.
Part 5 - Thermal, moisture and acoustic performance.
Part 6 - Fire performance.
Part 7 - Robustness, durability, tolerances and workmanship.
Project performance requirements specified in this subsection: Read in
conjunction with CWCT performance requirements.
INTEGRITY OF VENTILATED RAINSCREEN CLAD WALLS
Requirement: Determine sizes and thickness of panels, sizes, number and
spacing of fixings, configuration and location of secondary support systems and
incorporation of other accessories and fittings to ensure the cladding system,
primary support structure and other elements forming the rainscreen wall will
resist factored dead, imposed and design live loads, and accommodate
deflections and movements without damage.
Wind loads: Calculate to BS 6399-2 appropriate to location, exposure, height,
building shape and size, taking account of existing and known future adjacent
structures.
Hard body impact loads to BS 8200:
- Location and category: All areas
Soft body impact loads to BS EN 14019: Location and classification: All areas
Temporary imposed loads: All areas
DEFLECTION UNDER WIND LOAD
Requirement: For listed components, at positive and negative applications of the
design wind pressure, normal deflections are not to exceed: To Contractors
Determination
Additional stiffness to CWCT Standard for systemised building envelopes clause
3.5.4.2: To Contractors Determination
WIND RESISTANCE - CYCLIC LOADING
Requirement: No reduction in the integrity of the rainscreen cladding must occur
when subjected to the test sequence given in CWCT Standard for systemised
building envelopes, clause 8.14.6.
Test method: As clause 665.
APPEARANCE AND FIT
Requirement: Design rainscreen wall:
- To ensure position and alignment of all parts and features as shown on
preliminary design drawings.
- To accommodate deviations in the primary support structure.
Primary support structure: Before commencing installation of rainscreen cladding
system, carry out survey sufficient to verify that required accuracy of erection can
be achieved.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H31
ODAC
- Give notice: If the structure will not allow the required accuracy or security of
erection.
380
-
GENERAL MOVEMENT
Requirement: Rainscreen cladding must accommodate anticipated building
movements as follows: To Structural Engineers Determination
385
-
THERMAL MOVEMENT - SERVICE TEMPERATURE RANGES

Requirement: To CWCT Standard for systemised building envelopes clause
2.7.2
420
-
WATER PENETRATION
Watertightness class to BS EN 12154
- Peak test pressure: To CWCT table 1.1
425
-
Wind load serviceability and safety of rainscreen panels - cyclic wind loading
Method of determination: To CWCT standard for systemised building envelopes
495
-
DURABILITY
Relevant agents or degradation mechanisms: Coastal situation
Design life of the rainscreen cladding system: Not less than 50 years
Secondary components: Submit details together with required maintenance
regime, replacement periods and methods of replacement.
497
-
LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

Cladding components used as part of lightning protection system: To Engineers
Determination
TESTING
520
-
PROJECT TESTING (SITE)

Timing of testing: At an agreed stage during preliminary installation on site
arrange for testing of a section of rainscreen cladding in accordance with relevant
clauses of this specification.
Continuation of installation of general areas of rainscreen cladding: Not until site
test results and reports showing compliance with this specification have been
submitted.
530
-
TESTING AUTHORITY
Requirement: Project testing must be carried out by a United Kingdom
Accreditation Service (UKAS) approved independent laboratory.
535
-
TESTING AUTHORITY
Requirement: Project testing must be carried out by the rainscreen cladding
manufacturer/ contractor and is to be witnessed and certified by: agreed with CA
665
-
WIND LOAD FATIGUE TEST, SMALL SPECIMEN

Requirement: To CWCT Standard for systemised building envelopes, Standard
test methods for building envelopes Section 14.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H31
ODAC
- Test sequence: to be agreed with CA

- Effective wind pressure: As clause 360.
672
-
SITE TESTING OF FIXINGS

Requirement: To CWCT Standard for systemised building envelope, Standard
test methods for building envelopes Section 19.
Type of test: Serviceability
- Peak load: 1.5 times design load
Number and location of test fixings: To be agreed with CA
PRODUCTS
710
-
ALUMINIUM ALLOY FRAMING SECTIONS

Standards: To BS EN 755 alloy EN AW-6063 and suitable for the specified finish.
Structural members: To comply with BS 8118.
712
-
ALUMINIUM ALLOY SHEET

Standards: To BS EN 485, BS EN 515 and BS EN 573.
Alloy, temper and thickness: Suitable for the application and specified finish.
715
-
CARBON STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS/ REINFORCEMENT

Standards: To the relevant parts of BS 7668, BS EN 10029, BS EN 10025, and
BS EN 10210.
Thickness: Suitable for the application, and for galvanizing or other protective
coating.
730
-
MECHANICAL FIXINGS - MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

Stainless steel: To BS EN ISO 3506 grade A2 generally, grade A4 when used in
severely corrosive environments.
Carbon steel: To BS 4190 and suitable for galvanizing or other protective coating.
Aluminium: To BS EN 755.
732
-
ADHESIVES
General: Not degradable by moisture or water vapour.
735
-
FIXINGS AND FASTENERS

Type and use: Reviewed and approved by manufacturers. Submit confirmatory
information on request.
Dimensions: Not less than recommended by their manufacturers.
Adjustment capability: Sufficient in three dimensions to accommodate primary
support structure and rainscreen cladding fabrication/ installation tolerances.
FINISHES
810
-
PROTECTIVE COATING OF CARBON STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS/

REINFORCEMENT
Treatment: All surfaces to one of the following:
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H31
ODAC

- An appropriate equivalent coating to BS 5493, BS EN ISO 12944 and BS EN
ISO 14713.
820
-
PROTECTIVE COATING OF CARBON STEEL MECHANICAL FIXINGS

Treatment: All surfaces to one of the following:
- Sherardized to BS 4921, class 1 coating thickness and passivated.
- Zinc plated to BS EN 12329, coating designation of FE//Zn//C for an iridescent
(yellow passivate) chromate conversion coating or FE//Zn//D for an opaque
(olive green) chromate conversion coating.
830
-
POWDER COATING
840
850
-
ANODIZING
Polyvinylidene fluoride (pvdf) coating

Standards: To BS 4842, AAMA 2604-05 or AAMA 2605-05, subject to minimum
coating thicknesses recommended by the manufacturer on all significant
surfaces.
- Applicator: Contractors determination
Product reference: Contractors determination
Process: Prepare base metals, prime, PVDF coat, test samples, protect
components and repair damage in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
Sequence: Wherever possible, apply coatings after fabrication is complete.
- Fabrication of prefinished lengths: Submit proposals beforehand.
- Uncoated edges: Invisible in completed assemblies.
FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION

910
-
GENERALLY
Electrolytic corrosion: Take necessary measures to prevent.
Identification of products: Mark or tag to facilitate identification during assembly,
handling, storage and installation. Do not mark surfaces visible in the complete
installation.
912
-
METALWORK
920
-
GLAZING
Requirement: As section L40, unless specified otherwise in this section.
Directional patterned/ wired glass: Fix generally parallel to surround and align
adjacent panes where seen together at close quarters.
922
-
FIXINGS/ ADHESIVES APPLICATION

9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H31
ODAC
925
-
SEALANT APPLICATION
930
-
ASSEMBLY
Location: Carry out as much assembly as possible in the workshop.
Joints: Other than movement joints and designed open joints, must be rigidly
secured, reinforced where necessary and fixed with hairline abutments.
Displacement of components in assembled units: Submit proposals for
reassembly on site.
960
-
PRELIMINARY CLADDING INSTALLATION

Requirement: Complete an area of cladding as set out below for inspection and
approval of appearance.
Eest facade adjacent to existing flint building
970
-
CLADDING INSTALLATION
Tightening mechanical fasteners: To manufacturer's recommended torque
figures. Do not overtighten fasteners intended to permit differential movement.
Protective coverings: Remove only where necessary to facilitate installation and
from surfaces which will be inaccessible on completion.
975
-
WELDING
In situ welding: Not allowed
985
-
Damage
Repairs: Do not repair cladding without approval.
- Approval: Will not be given where the proposed repair will impair performance
or appearance.
Record of repairs: Prepare schedule or record on drawings for inclusion in the
maintenance manual.
995
-
Maintenance
Maintenance manual: Incorporate details within the Building Manual in
accordance with CWCT Standard for systemised building envelopes clause
7.6.1.
10
L10
WINDOWS/ ROOFLIGHTS/ SCREENS/ LOUVRES

To be read with Preliminaries/ General conditions.
GENERAL INFORMATION/ REQUIREMENTS
110
-
EVIDENCE OF PERFORMANCE
Certification: Provide independently certified evidence that all incorporated
components comply with specified performance requirements.
120
-
SITE DIMENSIONS
Procedure: Before starting work on designated items take site dimensions, record
on shop drawings and use to ensure accurate fabrication.
COMPONENTS
330
550
-
560
-
650
ALUMINIUM WINDOWS
Refer to section H11 for details of windows which are the same detail as curtain
walling.
Standard: To BS 4873.
Operation and strength characteristics: To BS 6375-2.
Finish as delivered: Polyester powder coated as section Z31
GLAZED METAL FR SCREENS TO INTERNAL CORRIDORS
Refer to section H11 for details of screen which are similar specification as
curtain walling..
Materials and workmanship: As section Z11.
- Frame members: Aluminium.
Finish: Polyester powder coated as section Z31.
Jointing: welded.
Glazing details: Double glazed unit to provide 30 mins fire resistance.
Other requirements: gaps around frame as clause 790.
GLAZED METAL SCREEN TO ENTRANCE LOBBY
Refer to section H11 for details of screen which are similar specification as
curtain walling.
Location: Inner glazed screen to entrance lobby.
Materials and workmanship: As section Z11.
- Frame members: Aluminium.
Finish: Polyester powder coated as section Z31.
Jointing: welded.
Glazing details: Single glazed toughened glass.
ALUMINIUM LOUVRES FOR PLANTROOMS AND LOUVRED STRIP ON
INTERNAL CORRIDORS
Manufacturer: SCHCO International KG,
Whitehall Avenue,
670
-
Kingston,
Tel: 01908 282 111
Milton Keynes,
Fax: 01908 282 124
MK10 0AL
Website: www.schueco.co.uk
Or equal and approved
- Product reference: Contoured louvres
Material: Aluminium
- Finish as delivered: Polyester powder coated, RAL colour to be selected.
Louvre blade pitch and angle: 50mm contoured ventilation louver mounted on
mullions fixed to structure with adjustable stainless steel cleats. Blade pitch
50mm.
Accessories/ Other requirements: Bird/insect mesh.
SHADING DEVICES Type CW5
Manufacturer: SCHCO International KG,
- Product reference: Schuco Sun Control.
Or equal and approved
Materials/ Finish as delivered: All aluminium extrusions to be powder coated in a
colour to be selected. The polyester powder coating is to carry a 25 year
warranty, subject to an agreed cleaning strategy.
- Louvre blades: One piece, aluminium extrusions, for sizes refer to drawings,
installed at a 45 degree angle, at a pitch to be defined be the M & E consultant.
- Side support arms: Profile cut aluminium plates covering the full blade depth.
- Mounting brackets: Individual blades to fix to supporting structure by means of
profile cut end caps.
- Fasteners: All fixings to be A4 grade stainless steel.
Accessories/ Special features: System to be complete with support structure
comprising horizontally projecting members attached to columns at suitable
centres. Structure to be capable of taking all design wind loads imposed on it,
fixed to cast in halfen channel on the building faade and to suitable pad
foundations at ground floor level. Side support arms to be fixed in halfen channel
within flank wall.
Fixing: To manufacturers recommendations. Contractor to submit details.
INSTALLATION
710
-
730
PROTECTION OF COMPONENTS
General: Do not deliver to site components that cannot be installed immediately
or placed in clean, dry floored and covered storage.
Stored components: Stack vertical or near vertical on level bearers, separated
with spacers to prevent damage by and to projecting ironmongery, beads, etc.
PRIMING/ SEALING
Wood surfaces inaccessible after installation: Prime or seal as specified before

fixing components.
740
-
CORROSION PROTECTION
Protective coating: Two coats of bitumen solution to BS 6949 or an approved
mastic impregnated tape.
- Timing of application: Before fixing components.
750
-
BUILDING IN
General: Not permitted unless indicated on drawings.
- Brace and protect components to prevent distortion and damage during
construction of adjacent structure.
765
-
WINDOW INSTALLATION GENERALLY

Installation: Into prepared openings.
Gap between frame edge and surrounding construction:
- Minimum: As recommended by manufacturer
- Maximum: As recommended by manufacturer
Distortion: Install windows without twist or diagonal racking.
782
-
FIXING OF ALUMINIUM FRAMES

Standard: As section Z20.
Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer
- Spacing: When not predrilled or specified otherwise, position fasteners not
more than 250 mm from ends of each jamb, adjacent to each hanging point of
opening lights, and at maximum 600 mm centres.
784
-
FIXING OF COMPOSITE FRAMES

Standard: As section Z20.
Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer
- Spacing: When not predrilled or specified otherwise, position fasteners not
more than 150 mm from ends of each jamb, adjacent to each hanging point of
opening lights, and at maximum 600 mm centres.
790
-
FIRE RESISTING FRAMES

Gap between back of frame and reveal: Completely fill with intumescent mastic.
800
-
BACKFILLING OF STEEL FRAME SECTIONS

Windows fixed direct into openings: After fixing, fill back of steel frame with
waterproof cement fillet.
810
SEALANT JOINTS
- Application: As section Z22 to prepared joints. Finish triangular fillets to a flat
or slightly convex profile.
820
IRONMONGERY
Fixing: Assemble and fix carefully and accurately using fasteners with matching
finish supplied by ironmongery manufacturer. Do not damage ironmongery and
adjacent surfaces.
Checking/ Adjusting/ Lubricating: Carry out at completion and ensure correct
functioning.
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
L20
L20
ODAC
DOORS/ SHUTTERS/ HATCHES

PRELIMINARY INFORMATION/ REQUIREMENTS
110
-
EVIDENCE OF PERFORMANCE
Certification: Provide independently certified evidence that all incorporated
components comply with specified performance requirements.
115
-
FIRE RESISTING DOORS/ DOORSETS/ ASSEMBLIES

Certification: Provide evidence, in the form of a product conformity certificate, test
report or engineering assessment, that each door/ doorset/ assembly supplied
will comply with the specified requirements for fire resistance if tested to BS 47622, BS EN 1634-1 or BS EN 1634-3. Such certification must cover door and
frame materials, glass and glazing materials and their installation, essential and
ancillary ironmongery, hinges and seals.
150
-
SITE DIMENSIONS
Procedure: Before starting work on designated items take site dimensions, record
on shop drawings and use to ensure accurate fabrication.
COMPONENTS
230
-
232
-
VENEER WOOD FLUSH DOORS AND FRAMES

Manufacturer & product reference:
LS Group Ltd
Milnhay Road
Langley Mill
Nottingham
NG16 4AZ
United Kingdom
Tel: 0870 2400 666
Fax: 0870 2400 777
or equal and approved
Door type: Solid core veneer faced flush door.
Facings: Crown cut maple veneer.
Lippings: Maple to match veneer .
Finish as delivered: Pre-finished .
Glazing details: as clause L40/250 where required as noted on schedule.
Other requirements: Ironmongery as detailed on schedule.
VENEER WOOD FLUSH DOORS AND FRAMES: FIRE RATED
Manufacturer & product reference:
LS Group Ltd
Door type: Solid core veneer faced flush door.
Fire resistance: FD20/FD20S as noted on general arrangement drawings.
Facings: Crown cut maple veneer.
Lippings: Maple to match veneer .
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
L20
270
481
-
ODAC
Finish as delivered: Pre-finished .

Glazing details: as clause L40/250 where required as noted on schedule.
Other requirements: Ironmongery as detailed on schedule.
ALUMINIUM EXTERNAL DOORS AND FRAMES
Manufacturer & product reference: Doors form part of curtain wall system see
section H11
Finish as delivered: As section Z31.
Internal colour/texture: RAL 80% gloss/20% matt.
External colour/texture: RAL 80% gloss/20% matt.
Ironmongery: As schedule.
Perimeter seals: Polypropylene backed woven pile to outside with silicone rubber
flipper seal to inside.
Other requirements: Push pad emergency release, anti finger trap stiles and
provision of concealed wireways in frame for security contacts.
Fixing: refer to section H11.
GLAZED DOORSET TO GLAZED SCREENS:
Manufacturer & product reference: Doors form part of curtain wall system see
section H11
Finish as delivered: As section Z31.
Internal colour/texture: White RAL 9010 80% gloss/20% matt.
External colour/texture: RAL 80% gloss/20% matt.
Glazing details: As clause H11/110.
Ironmongery: As schedule.
Perimeter seals: Polypropylene backed woven pile to outside with silicone rubber
flipper seal to inside.
Other requirements: Push pad emergency release, anti finger trap stiles and
provision of concealed wireways in frame for security contacts.
Fixing: refer to section H11.
INSTALLATION
710
-
PROTECTION OF COMPONENTS
General: Do not deliver to site components that cannot be installed immediately
or placed in clean, dry, floored and covered storage.
Stored components: Stacked on level bearers, separated with spacers to prevent
damage by and to projecting ironmongery, beads, etc.
730
-
PRIMING/ SEALING
Timber surfaces inaccessible after installation: Primed or sealed as specified
before fixing components.
750
-
FIXING DOORSETS
Timing: After rooms have been made weathertight and the work of wet trades is
finished and dried out.
760
-
BUILDING IN
General: Not permitted unless indicated on drawings.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
L20
ODAC
780
-
DAMP PROOF COURSES IN PREPARED OPENINGS

Location: Correctly positioned in relation to door frames. Do not displace during
fixing operations.
790
-
FIXING OF WOOD FRAMES

Spacing of fixings (frames not predrilled): 150 mm from ends of each jamb and at
600 mm maximum centres.
800
-
FIXING OF LOOSE THRESHOLDS

Spacing of fixings: 150 mm from each end and at 600 mm maximum centres.
810
-
FIRE RESISTING AND/ OR SMOKE CONTROL DOORS/ DOORSETS

Gaps between frames and supporting construction: Filled as necessary in
accordance with requirements for certification and/ or door/ doorset
manufacturer's instructions.
820
-
SEALANT JOINTS
Sealant:
- Manufacturer & product reference: Contractors choice .
- Colour: To match adjacent finishes .
- Application: As section Z22 to prepared joints. Triangular fillets finished to a flat
or slightly convex profile.
830
-
FIXING IRONMONGERY GENERALLY

Fasteners: Supplied by ironmongery manufacturer.
- Finish/ Corrosion resistance: To match ironmongery.
Holes for components: No larger than required for satisfactory fit/ operation.
Adjacent surfaces: Undamaged.
Moving parts: Adjusted, lubricated and functioning correctly at completion.
840
-
850
-
860
-
FIXING IRONMONGERY TO FIRE RESISTING DOOR ASSEMBLIES

General: All items fixed in accordance with door leaf manufacturer's
recommendations ensuring that integrity of the assembly, as established by
testing, is not compromised.
Holes for through fixings and components: Accurately cut.
- Clearances: Not more than 8 mm unless protected by intumescent paste or
similar.
Lock/ Latch cases for FD60 doors: Coated with intumescent paint or paste before
installation.
LOCATION OF HINGES
Primary hinges: Where not specified otherwise, positioned with centre lines 250
mm from top and bottom of door leaf.
Third hinge: Where specified, positioned as indicated on drawings.
Hinges for fire resisting doors: Positioned in accordance with door leaf
manufacturer's recommendations.
INSTALLATION OF EMERGENCY EXIT DEVICES
Standard: Unless specified otherwise, install panic bolts/ latches in accordance
with BS EN 1125.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
L20
ODAC
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
L40
L40
ODAC
GENERAL GLAZING
GENERAL GLAZING
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
111
-
PREGLAZING of components will be permitted, but:

Precautions to be taken to prevent displacement of glazing or compound during
delivery and installation. Submit details to the CA.
Components with any displaced glazing or compound or with defective seals to
be reglazed in situ.
112
-
SAFETY GLASS
All internal glazed screens shall conform to BS 6206 Impact Performance
Requirements for safety glass.
151
-
PREPARATION
Surrounds, rebates, grooves and beads: Cleaned and prepared by others.
155
-
GLASS GENERALLY
Standards: To BS 952 and relevant parts of:
- BS EN 572 for basic soda lime silicate glass.
- BS EN 1096 for coated glass.
- BS EN 1748-1 for borosilicate glass.
- BS EN 1748-2 for ceramic glass.
- BS EN 1863 for heat strengthened soda lime silicate glass.
- BS EN 12150 for thermally toughened soda lime silicate safety glass.
- BS EN 12337 for chemically strengthened soda lime silicate glass.
- BS EN 13024 for thermally toughened borosilicate safety glass.
- BS EN ISO 12543 for laminated glass and laminated safety glass.
Panes/ sheets: Clean and free from obvious scratches, bubbles, cracks, rippling,
dimples and other defects.
- Edges: Generally undamaged. Shells and chips not more than 2 mm deep and
extending not more than 5 mm across the surface are acceptable if ground out.
160
-
LINEAR PATTERNED/ WIRED GLASS

Alignment: Vertical/ Horizontal as appropriate, and pattern matched across
adjacent panes in close proximity.
165
-
HEAT SOAKING OF THERMALLY TOUGHENED GLASS

Heat soaking regime: Glass to be fixed in designated locations must be subjected
to a heat soaking regime designed to reduce the incidence of failure due to nickel
sulfide inclusions.
- Heat soaking period (minimum): 2 hours .
- Mean glass temperature: 290 10C.
Certified evidence of treatment: Submit.
Designated locations: As indicated on drawings 04470/CD/010 & 04470/CD/011 .
180
BEAD FIXING WITH PINS

1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
L40
ODAC
GENERAL GLAZING
Pin spacing: Regular at maximum 150 mm centres, and within 50 mm of each

corner.
Exposed pin heads: Punched just below wood surface.
181
-
BEAD FIXING WITH SCREWS

Screw spacing: Regular at maximum 225 mm centres, and within 75 mm of each
corner.
190
-
GLASS TO GLASS JOINTING IN FIRE RATED SCREENS

Sealant: Translucent intumescent silicone selected to BS 6213:2000 and as
recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer.
Joints:
- Fire rating: half hour integrity and insulation.
- Width: Consistent and suitable to receive sealant.
- Gap between panes: Completely filled, leaving no voids or bubbles.
- Surplus sealant: Removed to leave a clean, neatly finished weathertight joint.
TYPES OF GLAZING
250
-
370
-
BEAD FIXED SINGLE GLAZING TO FIRE RESISTANT DOORS

Pane material: Unwired with 30 minutes fire resistance (integrity only) to
Contractors specification.
Surround/ bead: Hardwood flush bead to match door.
- Preparation: Factory glazed.
- Bead location: Fixed on one side.
- Bead fixing: Screw and flush cup.
Glazing system:
- Tape: As used by manufacturer.
- Bead bedding sealant: As used by manufacturer.
- Capping sealant: As used by manufacturer.
Glazing installation:
- Glass: Located centrally in surround using setting and location blocks.
- Glazing tape: Top edge approximately 6 mm short of sight line on external side
of glazing, to allow for capping sealant. Corners butt jointed with no gaps.
- Thickness of glazing tape bed (minimum): 3 mm on both sides of glazing after
compression.
- Beads: Bedded in sealant, pressed firmly into position to compress tape, and
fixed securely.
- Excess tape on internal side: Carefully trimmed to a smooth chamfer.
- Capping sealant: Applied to fill void between bead and glazing and finished to
a smooth chamfer.
BEAD FIXED INSULATING GLASS UNITS TO CASEMENT WINDOW INSERTS
TO CURTAIN WALLING SYSTEM
Pane material: As clause H11/110.
Glazing system: Gasket .
Glazing installation:
- Insulating unit: Located centrally in surround using setting and location blocks.
- Gaskets and beads: Installed as recommended by frame manufacturer.
Gasket fit at corners: Tight, without gaps.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
L40
ODAC
GENERAL GLAZING
- Drainage and ventilation holes: Unobstructed.

511
-
520
-
550
-
610
-
FIRE RESISTANT CHANNEL GLAZING PERIMETER FRAMED GLAZED

SCREENS
Location: Refer to drawing.
Fire resistance rating: 30 minutes integrity and insulation.
Pane material: 21 mm laminated.
Perimeter frame system: NF1 all glass screen with perimeter frame .
Fire resistant frame: Steel hollow frame profile .
- Dimensions: 50 mm x 20 mm frame section.
- Intumescent aperture lining/ filler: To manufacturers specification.
Frame finish: Polyester powder coated to section Z31.
Colour / texture: White RAL 9010 80% gloss, 20% matt.
Installation: By a firm currently registered under a UKAS certified accreditation
scheme for the installation of fire resistant glazing, in accordance with glazing
manufacturers recommendations.
FIRE RATING
Assessment of capability: Submit proposed construction details of designated
items to a UKAS/ NAMAS accredited laboratory or other approved authority for
assessment of capability of achieving specified fire ratings.
Specimens of construction (if required): Prepared in accordance with BS 476-20,
appendix A3, and submitted for testing to BS 476-22.
Assessment/ test results and reports: Submit immediately they are available, and
before installing glazing.
GLASS MIRRORS GENERALLY
Mirror material: Float glass, silvered to give maximum reflection, free from
tarnishing, discoloration, scratches and other defects visible in the designed
viewing conditions.
- Thickness: 6 mm .
- Backing: Lead foil.
- Edge treatment: 6 mm polished bevelled.
Background: Plastered / plasterboard.
Fixing method: Double sided self-adhesive pads at 400 mm centres.
Installation: Fixed accurately and securely without overtightening fasteners, to
provide a flat surface giving a distortion free reflection.
WINDOW FILM FOR MANIFESTATIONS
Manufacturer: To contractors specification: .
Colour: Etched finish.
Application: Carried out by a firm approved by the film manufacturer in
accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
- Evidence of applicators competence and experience: Submit on request.
- Sample area: Complete as part of the finished work, in an approved location
and obtain approval of appearance before proceeding.
- Ambient air temperature at time of application: Above 5C.
Installed film: Fully adhered to the glass with no peeling, and free from bubbles,
wrinkles, cracks or tears.
Further contact with applied films: Avoid until bonding adhesive has cured.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
L40
ODAC
GENERAL GLAZING
Cleaning and maintenance instructions: Submit copies.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
P20
P20
ODAC
UNFRAMED ISOLATED TRIMS/ SKIRTINGS/ SUNDRY ITEMS
UNFRAMED ISOLATED TRIMS/ SKIRTINGS/ SUNDRY ITEMS

TRIMS/ CASINGS
110
-
115
-
SOFTWOOD SKIRTINGS FOR PAINTING:

Quality of wood and fixing: To BS 1186-3.
- Species: Contractors choice but to be suitable for paint finish.
- Class: 2.
Moisture content at time of fixing: 9-13%
Preservative treatment: Not required.
Profile: Rectangular with eased arises.
- Finished size: 150 x 19 mm.
Finish as delivered: primed.
Fixing: pellet plug and screw to masonry and jack point s/s to metal studs.
SOFTWOOD ARCHITRAVE FOR PAINTING:
Quality of wood and fixing: To BS 1186-3.
- Species: Contractors choice but to be suitable for paint finish.
- Class: 2.
Moisture content at time of fixing: 9-13%
Preservative treatment: Not required
Profile: Rectangular with eased arises.
- Finished size: 75mm x 19mm.
Finish as delivered: primed.
Fixing: glue and pin.
INSTALLATION
510
-
INSTALLATION GENERALLY
Joinery workmanship: As section Z10.
Metal workmanship: As section Z11.
Methods of fixing and fasteners: Unless specified as section Z20.
Straight runs: To be in one piece, or in long lengths with as few joints as possible.
Running joints: Location and method of forming to be agreed where not detailed.
Joints at angles: Mitre unless shown otherwise.
Position and level: To be agreed where not detailed.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
P21
P21
ODAC
DOOR/ WINDOW IRONMONGERY

PRE-TENDER
010
-
QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS

Quantities and locations of ironmongery are as set out in the generic ironmongery
schedule.
Fixing: As sections L10 and L20.
GENERALLY
120
IRONMONGERY FROM SINGLE PROPRIETARY RANGE TO ALL DOORS
Manufacturer: Algood PLC

297 Euston Road,
London, NW1 3AQ
Tel: 0207 387 9951
Fax: 0207 380 1232
Email: info@allgood.co.uk
Web: www.allgood.co.uk
Unless specified otherwise, select ironmongery from one coordinated range so

far as possible. Where particular items are unavailable within the range,
alternatives compatible in performance, design, style, material, colour and finish
may be submitted for approval.
Inform CA of selected range, manufacturer and/or supplier.
Principal material/finish: satin stainless steel and / satin anodised aluminium.
140
-
SAMPLES
General: Before placing orders with suppliers submit labelled samples of items as
requested.
- Conformity: Retain samples on site for the duration of the contract. Ensure
conformity of ironmongery as delivered with labelled samples.
170
IRONMONGERY FOR FIRE DOORS: Unless specified otherwise, select

ironmongery to comply with the recommendations of the Association of Builders'
Hardware Manufacturers Code of practice 'Hardware for Timber Fire and Escape
Doors'.
DOOR HANGING DEVICES
320
-
DOOR HINGES TO INTERNAL DOORS

Type: Butt hinge.
Size: 100 x 75mm.
Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel.
Other requirements: Provide 3 no. hinges to each leaf unless otherwise specified.
321
DOOR HINGES TO EXTERNAL DOORS

1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
P21
ODAC
Type: Butt hinge.

Size: To suit 926 x 2040 mm door blank with 18mm weather board cladding
giving an overall leaf thickness of 62 mm.
Other requirements: Provide 3 no. hinges to each leak unless otherwise
specified.
DOOR OPERATING DEVICES
410
-
411
-
OVERHEAD DOOR CLOSERS TO INTERNAL DOORS.

Standard: To BS EN 1154.
- Door closing devices to fire/ smoke control doors: CE marked.
Type: Face fixed.
Power size: Adjustable 3-4.
Other functions: Adjustable back check & latching feature.
Casing finish: Satin finish stainless steel.
Operational adjustment:
- Variable power: Matched to size, weight and location of doors.
- Latched doors: Override latches and/ or door seals when fitted.
- Unlatched doors: Hold shut under normal working conditions.
- Closing against smoke seals of fire doors: Positive. No gaps.
OVERHEAD DOOR CLOSERS TO EXTERNAL DOORS.
- Door closing devices to fire/ smoke control doors: CE marked.
Type: Face fixed.
Power size: Adjustable 2-6.
Other functions: Adjustable back check & latching feature.
Casing finish: Satin finish stainless steel.
Operational adjustment:
- Variable power: Matched to size, weight and location of doors.
- Latched doors: Override latches and/ or door seals when fitted.
- Unlatched doors: Hold shut under normal working conditions.
- Closing against smoke seals of fire doors: Positive. No gaps.
DOOR SECURING DEVICES
515
-
LOCKS MORTISE CYLINDER

To BS 5872.
Category: B.
Method of operation: eurprofile cylinder.
530
-
LATCHES:
To BS 5872.
Latch springs must be strong enough to prevent unsprung lever handles
drooping.
540
SPECIAL FUNCTION DOOR LOCKS

- Standard fix with spreader bracket fixed to head frame. Sprayed silver finish to
bracket.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
P21
ODAC
- 12V DC 1.5 amp power supply with 7.0 amp battery back up. Supply box
linked fire alarm panel. Entry relay and adjustable delay timer to be included.
- Client supply card reader on stair landing side.
- Flush wall mounted momentary release push button on corridor side fitted with
satin stainless steel cover plate.
542
-
HINGE BOLTS
550
-
LOCKS/LATCHES FOR FIRE RESISTING DOORS:

Must not compromise the fire performance of the door and must be approved for
the purpose by the door leaf manufacturer.
Components critical to the retention of the door in a closed position must not have
a melting point lower than 800C.
560
ESCAPE LOCKS: Locks specified for security purposes on escape routes must
be fitted with a means of withdrawing the bolt without use of a key.
571
-
EMERGENCY EXIT DEVICE

- Emergency exit devices for locked doors on escape routes: CE marked.
Type: Touchbar with reversible Pullman latch.
Material/ finish: Sprayed silver.
Additional requirements: door open alarm kit .
582
-
DOOR FLUSH BOLTS

Type: Lever action flushbolt.
Material/ finish: Satin brushed stainless steel.
Size: 203 x 19 mm.
Other items: Matching easy clean floor socket .
583
-
DOOR BOLTS
Type: Monkey tail bolt with receiver plate.
Material/ finish: black expoxy coated.
Size: 305 mm.
Other items: Zinc plated floor socket .
587
-
PRIVACY INDICATOR BOLTS

Emergency release facility: Required.
DOOR FURNITURE
610
-
LEVER HANDLES
Style: Round pattern with return to door.
Size: 19 mm diameter with 55 mm projection.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
P21
ODAC
Mounting: Concealed fixing with sprung roses .
641
-
LARGE PULL HANDLES

Shape: D shape .
Diameter: 25 mm.
Distance between centres: 200 mm.
Material/ finish: Brush satin stainless steel.
Mounting: Bolt through fixing.
642
-
SMALL PULL HANDLES

Shape: D shape .
Diameter: 25 mm.
Distance between centres: 890 mm.
Material/ finish: Brush satin stainless steel.
Mounting: Bolt through fixing.
670
-
WIDE PUSH PLATES TO DOUBLE DOORS

Size: 1000 x 110 x 1.5 mm.
Mounting: Drilled and countersunk .
Additional requirements: Square corners with cut-outs for europrofile cylinders to
doors DG/04, DG/05 & DG/06.
670
-
NARROW PUSH PLATES TO SINGLE DOORS

Size: 1000 x 95 x 1.5 mm.
Additional requirements: Square corners with cut-outs for europrofile cylinders to
door DG/14.
690
-
KICK PLATES
Sizes:
- 150 x 1.6 x door width mm.
Contractor to confirm door sizes.
Additional requirements: square corners, marked with door number.
710
-
ESCUTCHEONS
Keyhole type: Europrofile cylinder.
Usage: To all doors where finger plates not specified.
711
-
CYLINDER PULL
Keyhole type: Europrofile cylinder.
Usage: To all doors where not specified.
720
-
DOOR STOPS
Type: Floor mounted with black rubber centre fixing.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
P21
ODAC
Usage: To doors opening against walls other than those fitted with closers with a
back check facility.
760
-
DOOR HOLDERS
Type: Garage door holder.
Size: To suit wide lintel.
Material/ finish: Black expoxy coated.
811
-
DOOR MOUNTED COAT HOOKS

Size: 65 x 19 x 30 mm .
820
-
FIRE DOOR KEEP SHUT SIGN

Type: Disc with countersunk fittings.
Size: 76 mm diameter.
Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel with white letters on blue
background.
821
-
FIRE DOOR KEEP LOCKED

background.
822
-
FIRE DOOR KEEP SHUT SIGN

background.
825
-
FEMALE SYMBOL SIGN

Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel with black filled silhouette.
826
-
MALE SYMBOL SIGN

823
-
SHOWER SYMBOL SIGN

850
THRESHOLD WEATHERSTRIP:
Manufacturer and reference: Algood PLC
855
WEATHERSTRIP to head and jambs:

Manufacturer and reference: Algood PLC
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
P21
860
ODAC
DOOR SEALS FOR FIRE PROOFING:

Manufacturer and reference: Contractors choice.
WINDOW FURNITURE
901
-
LOCKING CASEMENT HANDLES TO ALL OPENING LIGHTS

Type: Locking handle with espagnolette furniture .
Material/ finish: Die cast aluminium handle with polyester powder coated finish as
section Z31. Finish to match the window frame.
960
-
WEATHERSTRIP TO WINDOWS ALL CASEMENT WINDOWS

Type: Extruded .
Size: To suit frame profile.
Material/ finish: Silicone, EPDM or Synthetic Rubber to Contractors choice.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
Division
08 - Doors and Windows
Section:
08100 - Metal Doors and Frames
Part 1:
General
1 01
Summary
The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and
materials, and performing all operations in connection with the production and
installation of metal doors and frames.
1 01 01
Section includes
01.0 Metal door frames of steel, aluminium or stainless steel
02.0 Steel flush door assemblies
03.0 Steel door sets as fire-; thermal- or sound rated assemblies
04.0 Steel panel doors
05.0 Steel panel doors as fire rated- and/or smoke control doors
06.0 Aluminium panel doors
07.0 Aluminium panel doors as smoke control doors
1 01 04
Related Sections
05500
08200
08300
08400
08700
08800
1 02
Metal Fabrications
Wood and Plastic Doors
Special Doors
Entrances and Storefronts
Hardware
Glazing
References
1 02 01
Applicable Standards
1 02 01 03
International Standards
1 02 01 03 01
International Standard Organization (ISO)

ISO 209 -
Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys
ISO 209 - 1: 89
Chemical composition
ISO 209 - 2: 89
Forms of products
ISO 1461: 99
Metallic coatings - Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated

Iron and steel articles specification and test method.
ISO 3573: 99
Hot-rolled carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing

qualities.
Cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing
qualities.
Continuous hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of
commercial, lock-forming and drawing qualities.
Rubber building gaskets - Materials in preformed solid
Vulcanizates used for sealing glazing and panels - Specification
Hot-rolled and cold-reduced electrolytic zinc-coated carbon steel
1
ISO 3574: 99
ISO 3575: 96
ISO 3934: 78
ISO 5002: 99
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
sheet of commercial and drawing qualities.

Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy sheets, strips and
plates.
ISO 6361-1: 86
Technical conditions for inspection and delivery
ISO 6361-2: 90
Mechanical properties
ISO 6361-3: 85
Strips - Tolerances on shape and dimensions
ISO 6361-4: 88
Sheets and plates - Tolerances on form and dimension
ISO 6362Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded rods/bars, tubes and
profiles.
ISO 6362 -2: 90
ISO 6362 -3: 90Extruded rectangular bars - Tolerances on dimensions and form
ISO 6362 -4: 88
Extruded profiles - Tolerances on shape and dimensions
ISO 6362 -5: 01Extruded round, square and hexagonal bars - Tolerances on shape
and dimensions
ISO 6442: 81Door leaves - Measurement of defects of general flatness
ISO 7599: 83Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys - General specification for anodic
oxide coatings on aluminium.
ISO 8270: 85
Door sets - Soft heavy body impact test
ISO 8271: 85
Door leaves - Hard body impact test
ISO 11600: 93
Building construction - Sealants - Classification and
requirements
ISO 6361 -
1 02 01 04
USA Standards
1 02 01 04 01
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

ASTM E90: 99
Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of

Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions
and Elements
ASTM C236: 89
Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal

Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a
Guarded Hot Box.
Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of
Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box.
Classification for Rating Sound Insulation
ASTM C976: 90
ASTM E413: 87
1 02 01 04 03
American National Standards Institution (ANSI)

ANSI/SDI 100: 91
1 02 01 06
British Standards
BS 4652: 95
BS 5277: 76
BS 6496: 84(91)
BS 6497: 84(91)
1 02 01 07
DIN 18203 - 2: 86
Smoke control doors; concepts and requirements

Smoke control doors; type testing for durability and
leakage
Tolerances in building; prefabricated steel components.
Codes
NFPA 101
1 02 03
Zinc-rich priming paint (Organic Media)

Doors, measurement of defects of general flatness
Specification for powder organic coatings to aluminium
Specification for powder organic coatings to galvanized
steel.
German Standards
DIN 18095 - 1: 88
DIN 18095 - 2: 91
1 02 02
Recommended Specifications Standard Steel Doors

And Frames
Life Safety Code
Other References
SDI 105: 92
Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames

2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
1 03
Definitions
1 03 01
Technical Terms
Butt-type frames - frame which is installed off the structural reveal with a joint
Casement door - fully glazed panelled door
Coordinating size - a dimension of a coordinating space, which defines the relative
position of two or more components in an assembly, according to the characteristics of
the components, which are relevant to the assembly
Door - the door leaf of a single leaf door
Door set - an assembly including a fixed part (the door frame), one or more movable
parts (the door leaves) and their hardware. The function of which is to allow or to forbid
the access. The door set may include sill, overpanel and side panels
Door closer - device, which ensures automatic closing of a door after any manual
opening
Door closer regulator - device to ensure that the two leaves of a double door close in
the proper order
External door - door with at least one face externally
Flush door - door leaf that has both faces plane
Flush panelled door - panelled door in which the panels finish flush with the stiles
and rails on one or both faces
Glazed door - panelled door in which the panels are of glass or similar material.
Glass door - door with a door leaf made of glass
Hold-open facility - a device designed to override the function of the door closer for
specific periods; if its releasing mechanism is automatically or otherwise activated in
the case of fire, the door closer will immediately regain its function and the door will
close by itself
Internal door - a door of which the two faces are situated internally
Mullion - intermediates vertical member in an opening or frame.
Panelled door - door leaf that has stiles and rails and the spaces in between filled
with panels
Smoke control door - self-closing door set which, when installed and closed is
intended to hinder the passage of smoke
Structural opening - the void within a wall or partition designed to receive a door set
Wrap around frame - frame which is wider than the wall thickness including the finish
1 03 02
Abbreviations
BHMA
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (US)
ISDSI
Insulated Steel Door Systems Institute (US)
K-value
Heat transmission factor (ISO)
max.
maximum
min.
minimum
NFPA
National Fire protection Association (US)
Rw
Sound Transmission Value (German)
SDI
Steel Door Institute (US)

3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1 05
ODAC
STC
Sound Transmission Class (US)
U-value
Heat transmission factor (ASHRAE-US)
Submittals
Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification
section 01300.
1 05 01
Product Data
Provide product data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of
construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance,
sound and insulation ratings, profiles and finishes and manufacturers instructions.
Provide manufacturers certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with
referenced standards and/ or requirements of local authorities.
1 05 02
Shop Drawings
Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard and custom made
metal doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door types,
conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of
door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections.
Show anchorage and accessory items
Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and
openings as those on contract drawings (if available).
1 05 03
Samples
Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturers colour charts showing
full range of colours or patterns available for factory-finished doors and frames.
Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on
samples not less than 10 by 15 cm and of the same thickness and material indicated
for the final unit of work.
1 05 04
Quality Control Submittals

Documented experience of contractors site supervisor(s). (see ref. Quality
Assurance)
Records and reports of Contractors Internal Q.C.
Records and reports of Contractors External Q.C.
1 06 Quality Assurance
1 06 01
Qualifications
1 06 01 01
Qualifications of Manufacturers
Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly
engaged in manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production
acceptable to the Engineer.
1 06 01 02
Qualifications of Installers
Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced
in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified
requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work.
Contractors site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at
least five (5) years of documented experience.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1 06 04
Quality Control
1 06 04 01
Internal Quality Control
ODAC
Contractors internal quality control shall include but not be limited to:
Checking of suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform to
specification and referenced standards prior to assembly or installation.
Checking of suppliers delivery tickets of each delivery for completeness and
compliance with supply order and specification.
1 07
Delivery, Storage and Handling
1 07 01
Packing and Shipping

Deliver metal doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection
during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to
finish of factory-finished doors and frames.
1 07 02
Storage and Protection

System components and doors at building site shall be under cover. Place units on
minimum 10 cm high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas
shelters, which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper becomes wet
during transport, remove carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between
stacked elements to promote air circulation.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 2:
Products
2 01
Materials
2 01 01
Steel
ODAC
Steel for doors and frames shall comply with the requirements of ISO 3573 and 3574
respectively ISO 3575 or equivalent Standard.
The thickness of framing-material shall not be less than 1,5 mm nominal.
Provide coating as indicated according to the following Standards:
Electrolytic coatings according to ISO 5002 or an equivalent Standard.
Hot dip galvanized coatings according to ISO 1461 or an equivalent Standard.
Powder organic coating to galvanized steel according to BS 6497 or an equivalent
Standard.
Metallic zinc-rich priming paint, complying with BS 4652 or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 02
Aluminium
Extruded profiles and plates of aluminium or aluminium-alloys for doors and frames
shall comply with the requirements of ISO 209, 6361 and 6362 or equivalent Standard.
Externally used aluminium shall be surface-treated as indicated according to the
following Standards:
Anodized finish complying with ISO 7599 or an equivalent Standard
Powder organic coating complying with BS 6496 or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 03
Stainless Steel
Stainless steel for doors and frames shall comply with the requirements of
ISO 683-13 or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 05
Gaskets
Gaskets shall be replaceable and made of rubber material complying with ISO 3934 or
an equivalent Standard.
2 01 06
Glass
For specification of glass see Section 8800 Glazing
2 02
Manufactured Units
2 02 01
Metal Door Frames
2 02 01 01
Standard Metal Door Frames

Wrap around frames (U-shaped)
Butt-type frames (U-shaped)
Z-type frames (Z-shaped)
Wrap around/ knock down frames for dry-walls (U-shaped)
2 02 01 01 01
General
01.0 Provide metal door frames of types and styles indicated on drawings and
schedules, complying with ANSI/SDI 100 or an equivalent Standard.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
02.0 Fabricate metal door frames to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from
defects, warp or buckle. Accurately form metal according to schedules and drawings to
required sizes and profiles.
03.0 Frames shall consist of jambs, head, and where applicable transom and sill.
Corners shall be mitred and welded, or rigidly joined together by mechanical means.
Provide frames of material indicated in schedules.
04.0 Internal frames: The bases of internal frames shall be braced with adjustable
base ties to hold the frames rigid during transit and erection.
05.0 External frames: Provide a sill fixed to the base of the frame to suit the frame
profile. Frames set flush with the outside wall shall have a weather-stripping bead at
the top of the head to prevent water penetration to the inside.
06.0 Fasteners: Each jamb shall be provided with three fastening devices, made of
galvanized mild steel of minimum thickness 1,5 mm. Fasteners shall be concealed
wherever possible. For exposed fastening provide countersunk flat head screws.
2 02 01 01 02
Hardware Application
01.0 Mortar guards shall be welded in the frame where cut-outs are provided for lock
strike plates, bolts and hinges.
02.0 Hinges: Frames shall be prepared for mounting of screwed-on standard hinges
with reinforcing plates of 2,5 mm minimum thickness, adjustable in 3 ways, and
fixed with countersunk screws. Provide number of hinges as indicated.
03.0 Lock strike plates for single doors shall be adjustable and either galvanized or of
stainless steel, depending on framing material.
2 02 01 01 03
Fanlights
Provision shall be made for glazing fanlights of ceiling height frames by means of
beads and dry-glazing. Beads shall be fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickelplated or stainless steel screws, depending on framing material.
2 02 01 01 04
Gaskets
Provide pre-formed gaskets of neoprene or similar material acceptable to the
Engineer, on jambs, heads or transoms for internal frames.
Provide weather stripping for external frames on all 4 sides.
2 02 01 01 05
Finish:
01.0 Steel frames for internal use shall be zinc-coated; minimum thickness not less
than 15 micrometer, and treated with one coat of suitable priming paint.
02.0 Steel frames for external use and in corrosive atmosphere shall be hot-dip
galvanized with a minimum layer of 350 g/m2. Alternatively they may be made of
hot-dip galvanized steel sheet. Cut ends shall be protected with a metallic zincrich priming paint. Galvanized surfaces shall be treated with one coat of suitable
priming paint.
03.0 Stainless steel frames shall be finished as indicated in schedules.
04.0 Aluminium frames shall be either anodized with min. thickness 20 micrometer or
powder organic coated with min. thickness 60 micrometer, as indicated in
schedules.
2 02 01 02
Custom Size Metal Door Frames

If frames are requested in special measurements, provide them according to the
specified grades, based on the fabrication of the standard sizes. In case of frame size
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
being greater than any standard frame, fabricate these frames according to the
requirements of the highest grade.
2 02 02 01
Standard Steel Flush Door Assemblies
2 02 02 01 01
Frames
01.0 Provide frames of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules, and as
specified in item 2 02 01 - Metal Door Frames.
02.0 Except on weather-stripped frames or otherwise indicated, rubber buffers not less
than 10 mm diameter and 2 mm thick, shall be fixed in the rebate; three on strike
jambs of single-door frames and two on heads of double-door frames.
2 02 02 01 02
Door Leaves
01.0 Provide hollow steel door leaves of types, styles and grades as shown on
drawings and schedules similar to ANSI/SDI 100 or an equivalent Standard. Use
minimum 1 mm thick cold rolled steel for faces. Both faces shall have metal
sheeting of one piece without any joints. Leaves shall be rebated on three sides;
thickness shall not be less than 40 mm.
Doors shall be internally reinforced to resist impact and to ensure flatness. They
shall comply with ISO 8270, 8271 and 6442 or an equivalent Standard.
02.0 Louvers: Provide sight proof stationary louvers for interior doors where indicated.
Louver blades produced of 1,2 mm cold-rolled steel bend three times and set into
1,0 mm frame.
03.0 Vision glazing: Provide cutouts for vision-glazing in indicated sizes. Cutouts shall
have glazing stops and beads, fixed with countersunk, oval-headed, nickel-plated
or stainless steel screws, depending on framing material. Glazing stops of
aluminium shall be fixed by clip-on method. Glazing shall be done in dry glazing
method, using pre-formed neoprene gaskets or similar material acceptable to the
Engineer. Set glazing only after finish coats have been applied. Provide glass as
indicated in schedules.
2 02 02 01 03
Finish Hardware Preparation

01.0 Prepare hollow metal units to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware,
including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping in accordance with Finish
Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware suppliers.
02.0 Reinforce hollow metal units to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and
tapping for surface-applied finish hardware may be done at site.
03.0 Position finishes hardware in accordance with standards.
04.0 Provide hardware according to Hardware Schedule - see Section 8700
Hardware.
2 02 02 01 04
Finish
01.0 Internal steel doors shall have a zinc-coating of average minimum thickness not
less than 15 micrometer complying with ISO 5002 or an equivalent Standard, and
treated with one coat of suitable priming paint.
02.0 External and internal steel doors subject to corrosive atmospheres shall be hotdip galvanized with a minimum layer of 350 g/m2, complying with the
requirements of ISO 1461 or an equivalent Standard. Alternatively they may be
made of hot-dip galvanized steel sheet. Cut ends shall be protected with a
metallic zinc-rich priming paint, complying with BS 4652 or an equivalent
Standard. They shall be treated with one coat of suitable priming paint.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 02 01 05
ODAC
Fire Rating
01.0 Fire rated door sets shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 and be
tested and labelled according to ASTM E152 or equivalent Standards. Testing
and labelling shall be done by an authorized and independent Laboratory. They
shall be provided according to the requested ratings in schedules.
02.0 Louvers: If louvers are required they shall be of standard size for fire rated doors
and fuse linked for automatic closing in case of fire.
03.0 Glazing: Any vision glazing in these doors shall comply with the required fire
rating.
04.0 Hardware: Provide these doors complete with locks, bolting hardware and
hinges.
If door closers are not specified provide one non load-bearing spring hinge in the
center of the door. Double leaf doors shall have door closers for both leaves and
a door closing regulator. Provide further hardware according to Hardware
Schedule.
2 02 02 01 06
Thermal Rating
Thermal rated doors shall be tested and labelled by an authorized and independent
Laboratory, according to the requirements of ASTM C236 or ASTM C976 or equivalent
Standards.
They shall be set into frames with gaskets on all four sides.
Provide thermal rated doors with a max. U-value of 2,0 W/m2 k, unless otherwise
indicated.
2 02 02 01 07
Sound Rating
Ratings based on Rw (dB) range between 27 dB and 45 dB, in 3 dB steps.
They shall be tested and labelled by an authorized and independent laboratory,
according to the requirements of ASTM E90 and classified according to the
requirements of ASTM E 413 or equivalent Standards.
Provide sound rated assemblies with ratings based on STC or Rw as indicated in
schedules.
2 02 02 02
Custom Size Steel Flush Door Assemblies

If doors are requested in custom measurements, provide them according to the
specified grades, based on the fabrication of the standard sizes. In case of door size
being greater than any standard door, fabricate these doors according to the
requirements of the highest grade.
2 02 03
Steel Panel Doors

Provide frames and doors as single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height, with or
without sidelights, according to schedules and drawings.
2 02 03 01
Profiles
Provide profiles for door frames and door leaves, such as jambs, heads, transoms,
mullions, stiles and rails according to drawings, of ready-made profiles of minimum
nominal thickness 1,5 mm. Profiles shall be of steel or stainless steel as indicated in
schedules.
2 02 03 02
Fasteners
Provide three, none visible fasteners for each jamb; one additional each side for
heights above 2,20 m. Frames for double leaf doors shall have one additional fastener
at the center of the head and if existing one at the sill.
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 03 03
ODAC
Gaskets
Frames for operable doors shall have gaskets on three sides.
2 02 03 04
Stops and Beads

Provide stops around solid and glazed panels where indicated. Form these stops
integral with the frame. Glazing beads shall have rounded edges, drilled for
countersunk screws and fixed with oval-headed, nickel-plated or stainless steel screws
depending on framing material. If glazing beads are of aluminium they shall be
fastened by clip-on method.
2 02 03 05
Glazing
Doors should be glazed with tempered-, wired- or laminated glass, depending on
requirements of local authorities. For glazing above door height there are no special
requirements.
Doors, fan- and sidelights shall be factory pre-glazed to the greatest possible extend
by means of dry-glazing, using pre-formed neoprene gaskets or similar material
acceptable to the Engineer. Glazing shall be done only after application of finish coats.
Provide glass as indicated in schedules - see also Section 8800 Glazing.
2 02 03 06
Panels
Solid panels shall be manufactured as sandwich elements with layers of steel or
stainless steel sheet, depending on framing material, of 1,0 mm minimum nominal
thickness on both sides without any visible joints. The core filling shall be rigid enough
to produce a flush surface, free of warp and buckle, to comply with ISO 6442 or an
equivalent Standard.
Unless otherwise indicated provide panels with U-values max. 2,5 W/(m2 *K).
2 02 03 07
Louvers
Provide sight-proof, stationary louver panels where indicated. Louver blades shall be
made of minimum 1 mm thick cold rolled steel or stainless steel sheet, depending on
framing material, and bend twice to be stable and keep straight. Frames shall be made
of minimum 1 mm thick welded sections, drilled for countersunk screws and fastened
with oval-headed, or an equivalent, or stainless steel screws.
2 02 03 08
Hardware
Position finishes hardware in accordance with the adequate standards.
Manufacture doors with complete hardware application before shipment to the site.
Provide hardware according to hardware schedule.
2 02 03 09
Finish
01.0 Steel frames and doors shall be factory finished by means of powder organic
coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer. Provide colours as indicated in
schedules.
02.0 Provide stainless steel frames with finish indicated in schedules.
2 02 03 10
Smoke Rating
Provide smoke control doors as single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height, with
or without sidelights, according to drawings and schedules.
01.0 Smoke control doors shall comply with DIN 18095 -1 and be tested according to
DIN 18095 -2 or equivalent Standards. Testing and labelling shall be done by an
authorized and independent Laboratory.
02.0 Core: The core filling for any solid panels shall be non combustible, yet rigid
enough to produce a flush surface, free of warp and buckle.
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
03.0 Gaskets: The frame shall have gaskets on all four sides with a low threshold,
whose cross section forms the segment of a circle and is less than 5 mm high.
04.0 Leakage: The leakage rate shall not exceed 20 m3/h for single leaf doors and 30
m3/h for double leaf doors.
05.0 Hardware: Provide these doors complete with locks and bolting hardware, door
closer and for double leaf doors a door closer regulator. For further hardware
details see hardware schedule - Section 08700 Hardware.
2 02 03 11
Fire Rating
01.0 Provide fire rated doors as single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height, with
02.0 Fire rated door sets shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 and be
tested and labelled according to ASTM E152 or equivalent Standards. Testing
and labelling shall be done by an authorized and independent Laboratory.
03.0
Fire rated glazed panel doors are only available for maximum 30 minutes fire
rating.
04.0 Hardware: Provide these doors complete with hinges, locks, bolting hardware
and door closer. Double leaf doors shall have door closers for both leaves and a
door closing regulator. Provide hardware according to hardware schedule.
2 02 04
Aluminium Panel Doors

Provide aluminium doors as single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height, with or
without sidelights, according to drawings and schedules.
2 02 04 01
Aluminium Door Frames

01.0 Provide aluminium frames such as jambs, heads, transoms and mullions
according to drawings and schedules, made of extruded profiles complying with
ISO 6362 or an equivalent Standard.
02.0 Fasteners: Provide three, none-visible fasteners for each jamb; one additional on
each side for heights above 2,20 m. Frames for double leaf doors shall have one
additional fastener at the center of the head and if existing one at the sill.
03.0 Gaskets: Frames for operable doors shall have gaskets on three sides.
04.0 Sills: If sills are necessary for the strength of the frame they shall be flush with
the finished floor. Frames for double leaf doors shall have a sill.
2 02 04 02
Aluminium Door Leaves

01.0 Provide aluminium frames for door leaves, such as stiles and rails according to
drawings and schedules, made of extruded profiles complying with ISO 6362 or
02.0 Stops and Beads: Stops around solid and glazed panels shall be integral with the
profiles for stiles and rails. Glazing beads shall be fixed by clip-on method.
03.0 Glazing: see Section 08800.
04.0 Panels: Solid panels shall be manufactured as sandwich elements with layers of
aluminium sheet of 1,0 mm minimum nominal thickness on both sides, without
any visible joints. The core filling shall be rigid enough to produce a flush surface,
free of warp and buckle and comply with ISO 6442 or an equivalent Standard.
Unless otherwise indicated provide panels with U-values max. 2,5 W/m2. K.
2 02 04 03
Glazing
Doors shall be glazed with tempered-, wired- or laminated glass, depending on
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. For glazing above door height there are
no special requirements.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Doors shall be factory pre-glazed to the greatest possible extend by dry-glazing

method, using pre-formed neoprene gaskets or similar material acceptable to the
Engineer. Provide glazing as indicated in schedules - see also Section 8800 Glazing.
2 02 04 04
Hardware
Position finishes hardware in accordance with standards. Hinges shall be fastened
concealed. Use countersunk stainless steel or nickel-plated screws. For further
hardware details see hardware schedule.
2 02 04 05
Finish
Provide finish as indicated in schedules.
01.0 Anodized finish shall be of min. thickness 20 micrometer.
02.0 Powder organic coating shall be of min. thickness 60 micrometer.
2 02 04 06
Smoke Rating
Provide smoke control doors as single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height, with
01.0 Smoke control doors shall comply with DIN 18095 -1 and be tested according to
DIN 18095 -2 or equivalent Standards. Testing and labelling shall be done by an
authorized and independent laboratory.
02.0 Core: The core filling for any solid panels shall be non combustible, yet rigid
enough to produce a flush surface free of warp and buckle.
03.0 Gaskets: The frame shall have gaskets on all four sides with a low threshold,
whose cross section forms the segment of a circle and is less than 5 mm high.
3
04.0 Leakage: The leakage rate shall not exceed 20 m /h for single-leaf- doors and 30
m3/h for double-leaf doors.
05.0 Hardware: Provide these doors complete with locks and bolting hardware, door
closer and for double leaf doors a door closer regulator. For further hardware
details see hardware schedule.
2 03
Fabrication
Fabricate metal doors and frames to design and sizes indicated, in accordance with
approved shop drawings and compliance with referenced standards.
2 03 01
Prefabrication / Workmanship
01.0 Complete fabrication including application of hardware and other work to the
greatest possible degree in the workshop. Perform cutting, drilling and grinding of
metalwork before applying of finishes. If finishes (anodization) have to be applied
before fabrication, careful handling is necessary to avoid any damage and
possible rejection on site.
02.0 Sizing: The profiles used for frames and doors shall be dimensioned adequately
to carry the loads of the individual door sizes. Use manufacturer tables for
dimensioning.
03.0 Welding Fabricate steel frames with mitred corners and fully welded. Transoms
and mullions may be fastened by butt welding. Grind exposed welds smooth and
fully remove weld spatter and welding oxides. Restore mechanical finish. Avoid
distortion and discoloration on finished surfaces of stainless steel when welding.
04.0 Reinforcing Install reinforcing as necessary for performance requirements and for
hardware application.
05.0 Dissimilar metals: Separate dissimilar metals with suitable separation layers. Do
not use coatings containing lead.
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
06.0 Continuity: Maintain accurate relationship of planes and angles. Provide secure
attachment and support for aluminium members at mechanical joints with hairline
fit of contacting members.
07.0 Fasteners: Provide either non-corrosive or corrosion protected fasteners and
conceals wherever possible.
08.0 Drainage: Fabricate stops for solid panels and glazing for external doors in a way
that any water and/ or condensation can be drained to the exterior.
2 03 02
Shop Assembly
Any frames and doors shall be assembled completely in the shop and shall not be
dismantled for shipping.
2 03 03
Shop Finishing
2 03 03 01
General
All stainless steel and aluminuim doors and frames shall be shop finished. Steel doors
and frames shall be shop finished as indicated in the respective paragraphs and items.
Precautions shall be taken to prevent any damage while shipping to the site.
2 03 03 02
Uniformity of Finish
Abutting members shall not have an integral colour or texture variation greater than
half the range indicated in the sample submittal.
2 03 04
Tolerances
Produce steel and aluminium elements within tolerances of DIN 18203 -2 or an
2 03 05
Inspections
The Engineer shall be informed when the first unit is produced to allow for inspection
before production of the total amount and also before shipping.
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 3:
Execution
3 01
General Examination
ODAC
Examine existing conditions for compliance with schedules and for completeness of
other trades supposed to be finished before starting of window installation.
Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3 02
General Preparation
Examine doors prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on site provided
refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the Engineer;
otherwise replace damaged items as directed.
Verify that doors comply with the requirements in schedules for type, size, location and
swing characteristic.
3 03
Installation
Install standard and custom steel doors, frames and accessories in accordance with
final shop drawings, manufacturers data and as herein specified.
Hardware: For installation of hardware see Section 8700 Hardware
3 03 01
Setting of Standard Metal Door Frames

Door frames may be installed prior to, or after wall construction, depending on the
Standard they are produced to, and/or the location of installation.
3 03 01 01
Prior to Wall Construction

01.0 Comply with provisions of SDI -105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for
Steel Frames, unless otherwise indicated.
02.0 Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until
permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove
temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
03.0 In masonry construction, locate 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge
location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb.
04.0 Install fire rated frames in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 80 Standard and
manufacturers shop drawings.
3 03 01 02
After Wall Construction

01.0 Comply with provisions of SDI 105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for
Steel Frames, unless otherwise indicated.
02.0 Set Wrap around Frames in concrete and masonry construction accurately in
position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until voids are filled with grout.
03.0 Butt-type and quoin-type frames: Set these frames accurately in position,
plumbed and aligned and fix it with 3 anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location
at hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Fix the anchors with
dowels and bolts. Use minimum two bolts of 8 mm diameter per anchor. Use 4
anchors for heights above 220 cm.
04.0 Install fire rated frames in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 80 Standard and
manufacturers shop drawings.
05.0 At dry-wall construction use special knock-down and slip-on frames. Fix it
according to frame- and dry-wall manufacturers requirements.
14
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 03 02
ODAC
Setting of Standard Steel Door Assemblies

01.0 For setting of frames see item Setting of Standard Metal Door Frames.
02.0 Fit door leaves accurately to frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
03.0 Fire rated door sets: Install fire rated door sets accurately according to
manufacturers instructions and meet requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 Standard.
04.0 Door leaves shall be taken off after installation and stored at a safe and
convenient place - coordinate with the Engineer.
3 03 03
Setting of Panel Doors.

01.0 Placing frames: Set frames accurately in position, plumbed and aligned. Fix each
jamb with three dowels and bolts of 8 mm diameter. Use four bolts for heights
above 220 cm. Fix threshold and head of double-leaf frames also to bottom or
slab respectively.
02.0 Joints: Joints to surrounding construction shall be foamed and sealed as
indicated in drawings and schedules. Use adequate elastic sealing component
complying with ISO 11600 or an equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned and
if necessary be primed before filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar see also detail drawings.
03.0 Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. Allow 6 mm clearance to
finish floor level.
04.0 In case floor finish is not yet completed, door leaves shall be taken off and stored
at a safe and convenient place - coordinate with the Engineer.
3 05
Adjusting and Cleaning

Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames
undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition.
Clean doors and frames prior to final inspection and remove protective plastic
wrappings from prefinished doors.
3 07
Protection
Protect frames and doors as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that they are
without damage at time of handing over. If necessary, or requested by the Engineer,
remove door leaves and store at a secure place.
15
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Part 4:
Method of Measurement
4 01
General
For doors, door frames with and without side- and/or fanlights the coordinating size
shall be taken as basis for measurement.
Double-leaf doors or doors with side- and/or fanlights will be considered as one unit.
In cases of factory pre-glazed units the glass will not be measured separately.
Hardware which is specified to be supplied with the door will not be measured
separately.
Hardware for fire-rated doors will not be measured separately.
4 02
Units of Measurement
Metal door frames and door sets shall be enumerated. Setting and fitting will deem to
be included with the items.
Steel and aluminium panel doors shall be enumerated. Setting and fitting will deem to
be included with the items.
Hardware which is specified with the doors and all hardware for fire-rated doors will
deem to be included with the items.
16
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 5:
Basis of Payment
5 01
General
ODAC
Payments will be made for complete work including, but not limited to furnishing all
materials, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, labour,
samples and mock-ups, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination,
testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting.
5 02
Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate

The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate:
Setting of door frames, fitting and hanging of door leaves including all fixing materials,
i.e. anchorage, bolts etc.
Establishing heights of finished floor with reference to installation locations.
Adjusting, cleaning and protection until final hand-over.
Removal and storage of door leaves when so directed by the Engineer.
17
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Annex:
General Information
7 01
Modular System
For sizing of door and window openings it is proposed to use the ISO modular system
with the basic Module M = 100 mm.
See the following Standards for explanation.
7 02
ISO 1040
Building construction - Modular Coordination - Multimodules for

horizontal coordinating dimensions.
ISO 1006
Building construction - Modular coordination - Basic module
ISO 1791
Building construction - Modular coordination - Vocabulary
ISO 2776
Modular coordination - Coordinating sizes for door sets - External

and internal
ISO 2848
Building construction - Modular coordination - Principles and rules
ISO 6513
Building construction - Modular coordination - Series of preferred

multimodular sizes for horizontal dimensions
Terminology
The following terminology is part of:
ISO 1804: 72
Doors and windows, for hinged and pivoted doors of all materials
used in building construction.
For further explanation of the following terms see attached drawing.
(A) Terms relating to structural openings

1
Structural opening: The void within a wall or partition designed to receive a door
set.
1a
Structural opening with non-rebated reveal (figure 1)
1b
Structural opening with rebated reveal (figure 2)
11
Structural reveal (rebated or non-rebated)
12
Soffit
13
Vertical side
14
Sill
15
Structural rebate
18
Finished floor
(B) Terms relating to door frames

2
Door frame: The frame in which a door (door-leaf) is hung.

2a
Door frame with rebate (figure 3)
2b
Door frame without rebate (figure 4)
2c
Door frame with transom (figure 5)
20
Door frame reveal (rebated or non-rebated)
21
Head
22
Transom
23
Jamb
24
Sill
25
Rebate
(C) Terms relating to doors

3
Door: The door leaf of a single leaf door.

31
Internal door: A door of which the two faces are situated internally.
32
External door: Door with at least one face externally.
33
Square edge door
34
Rebated door
18
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
35
36
37
38a
38b
ODAC
Rebate
Overlap
Door leaf (figure 6)
Square edge overpanel (figure 7)
Rebated overpanel (figure 8)
19
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
7 02 01
ODAC
Illustration of Terms
A.1 STRUCTURAL OPENINGS
12
12
13
13
1b
1a
15
14
18
18
13
13
11
11
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 2
21
A.2 DOOR FRAMES

21
22
22
23
23
23
2c
2a
2b
25
25
24
24
24
20
20
FIGURE 3
20
FIGURE 4
FIGURE 5
A.3 DOORS
38b
38a
FIGURE 7
33
34
(37)
(37)
35
FIGURE 6
36
FIGURE 8
20
08110: STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames
SECTION 08110: STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES

1.
GENERAL
1.1
Scope
This specification covers the requirements for steel doors and frames
for offices security doors, mechanical rooms sets as defined in the
drawings and door schedule.
1.2
References
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic
designation only.
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM C 236
(1989) Steady-State Thermal Performance of

Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot
Box.
ASTM C 976
(1990) Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies

by Means of a Calibrated Hot Box.
ASTM C 2863
(1991)
measuring
the
Minimum
Oxygen
Concentration to Support Candle-Like Combustion
of Plastics (Oxygen Index)
ASTM E 90
(1990) Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound

Transmission Loss of Building Partitions.
ASTM E 152
(1981a) Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
ASTM E 283
(1991) Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through

Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under
Specified Pressure Differences Across the
Specimen.
DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI)

DHI 02
(1986) Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware.
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL

MANUFACTURERS (NAAMM)
NAAMM HMMA 862 (1987)
Hollow Metal Manual; Section Guide

Specifications for Commercial Security
Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.
NAAMM HMMA 865 (1987)
Hollow Metal Manual; Section Guide

Specifications for Swinging Sound
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Control Hollow
Frames.
Metal
Doors
and
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 80
(1992) Fire Doors and Windows
NFPA 80A
(1993) Protection of Buildings from Exterior Fire

Exposures
NFPA 101
(1994) Safety to life from Fire in Buildings and

Structures
STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE (SDOI)
SDOI SDI-100
(1991) Standard Steel Doors and Frames
SDOI SDI-106
(1991) Standard Doors Type Nomenclature
SDOI SDI-107
(1984) Hardware on Steel Doors (Reinforcement

Application)
1.3
Submittals
Engineers approval is required for the following submittals.

1.3.1 Shop Drawings
Submit workshop drawings prior to fabrication including all information
and door details. Shop drawings using standard door type
nomenclature indicating the location of each door and frame, elevation
of each model of door and frame, details of construction, method of
assembling sections, location and extent of hardware reinforcement,
hardware locations, type and location of anchors for frames, and
thickness of metal. Drawings shall include catalog cuts or descriptive
data for the doors, frames, and weather-stripping including air
infiltration data and manufacturers printed instructions.
1.3.2 Reports
1.3.2.1
Fire Rated Doors
A letter by a nationally recognized testing laboratory which identifies the

product manufacturer, type, and model; certifying that the laboratory
has tested a sample assembly in accordance with ASTM E 152 and
issued a current listing for same.
1.3.2.2
Certificates
Fire Rated Doors; and Security Door;

a) Certification of Oversized Fire Doors:
Certification of compliance in accordance with the requirements of
ASTM E 152 for fire doors exceeding the sizes for which label
service is available.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
b) Certification of Security Door, Sound and Thermal Insulating Rating:

Certificates or test report for Security rating, sound rated and
thermal insulated doors shall show compliance with the specified
requirements. The certification, or test report, shall list the
parameters and the type of hardware and perimeter seals used to
achieve the rating.
1.3.3
Samples
Steel Doors and Frames:
A sample section of door, 300 mm by 300 mm, shall be submitted for
approval.
1.4
Delivery and Storage

During shipment, welded unit type frames shall be strapped together in
pairs with heads at opposite ends or shall be provided with temporary
steel spreaders at the bottom of each frame. Materials shall be
delivered to the site in undamaged condition, and stored out of contact
with the ground and under a weather tight covering permitting air
circulation. Doors and assembled frames shall be stored in an upright
position in accordance with DHI-02. Abraded, scarred, or rusty areas
shall be cleaned and touched up with matching finishes.
1.5
Warranty
Manufacturers standard performance guarantees or warranties that
extend beyond a 1-year period shall be provided.
2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
Doors and Frames

Doors and frames shall be factory fabricated in accordance with SDOI
SDI-100 and the additional requirements specified herein. Door grade
shall be extra heavy duty (Grade III) unless otherwise indicated on the
door and doorframe schedules. Minimum thickness of metal shall be
1.5 mm for internal doors and 2 mm for external doors, with frames
designed accordingly. Doors and frames shall be prepared to receive
hardware conforming to the templates and information provided on
Drawings. Doors and frames shall be reinforced, drilled, and tapped to
receive mortised hinges, locks, latches, and flush bolts as required.
Doors and frames shall be reinforced for surface applied hardware.
Frames shall be welded type. Rubber silencers shall be furnished for
installation into factory-predrilled holes in doorframes; adhesively
applied silencers are not acceptable. Where frames are installed in
plaster or masonry walls, plaster guards shall conform to SDOI SDI100, Model 3, and shall include provisions for glazing. Reinforcing of
door assemblies for closers and other required hardware shall be in
accordance with SDOI SDI-100 and the conditions of the fire door
assembly listing when applicable. Exterior doors shall have top edges
closed flush and sealed against water penetration. Doors shall be fully
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
welded seamless construction with no visible seams or joints on their

faces or vertical edges. Door thickness shall be 44.5 mm. Doorframes
shall be all welded type, with double rabbet jamb profile. Astragal shall
be machine-mitered, full welded. All exposed welds shall be ground
and finished smooth.
2.2
Fire Rated Doors

Door schedule on drawings will indicate where fire-rated doors are to
used and their rating requirements.
Fire rated door assemblies shall bear the listing identification label of a
nationally recognized testing laboratory qualified to perform tests of fire
door assemblies in accordance with ASTM E 152 and having a listing
for the tested assemblies. The fire resistance rating shall be shown.
Doors exceeding the sizes for which listing label service is offered shall
be in accordance with ASTM E 152. Listing identification labels shall be
constructed and permanently applied by a method, which results in
their destruction, should they be removed.
2.3
Electric Operator
Furnish Besam # 850 Swing-master all electric self-contained
automatic door operator with spring-open/power closing features. The
operator shall be free-egress in case of power failure. Furnish (2) push
button stations with press-to-open, press-to-close features.
Conduits and wiring shall be furnished under Division 16. The operator
will be installed by the local Besam representative with coordination of
the installation by PPB.
2.3.1 Kill Switch (Interlock)

Furnish two (2) kill switches in hinge jamb of doorframe to interrupt
power to accelerator when door is not in fully closed position.
2.4
Weather-stripping
Weather-stripping for head and jamb shall be manufacturers standard
elastomeric type synthetic rubber, vinyl, or neoprene and shall be
installed at the factory or on the jobsite in accordance with the
doorframe manufacturers recommendations. Weather-stripping for
bottom of doors shall be as shown. Air leakage rate of weatherstripping shall not exceed 0.31 1/s per linear meter of crack when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at standard test conditions.
2.5
Louvers
Where indicated, doors shall be provided with [louver section]. Louvers
shall be sight proof type inserted into the door. Inserted louvers shall be
adjustable. Louvers shall be non-removable from the outside of exterior
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
doors or the unsecured side of interior doors. Insect screens shall be a

removable type with 18 by 16 mesh aluminum or bronze cloth.
2.6
Glazing
Glazing shall be Double tinted glass. Removable glazing beads shall be
screw-on or snap-on type.
2.7
Core
Both continuous lead sheet and polyethylene materials will be used.
2.8
Factory Finish
Doors and Frames shall be phosphatized, primed, and finished with an
electrostatic backed on enamel or polyester base factory finish paint.
Color shall be light gray.
3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Installation
Solid grouting will be required for all hollow metal doorframes in
masonry walls, solid plaster, or steel stud walls except when dry wall is
used.
Installation shall be in accordance with DHI-02 Preparation for surface
applied hardware shall be in accordance with SDOI SDI-107. Rubber
silencers shall be installed in doorframes after finish painting has been
completed; adhesively applied at exterior door openings to provide a
weather tight installation. Installation and operational characteristics of
fire doors shall be in accordance with NFPA 80, NFPA 80A and NFPA
101. Hollow metal doorframes shall be solid grouted in masonry walls.
3.1.1 Security Doors

Doorframes shall be rigidly anchored in place and provided with antispread space filler reinforcements to prevent disengagement of the lock
bolt by prying or jacking of the frame. Jambs shall be filled solid with
concrete grout.
3.2
Field Painted Finish

Steel doors and frames shall be stove enameled primed and painted in
the factory. Weather-strips shall be protected from paint.
Base finish shall be free of scratches or other blemishes. Color shall be
light gray. After erection, clean and repair scratches prior to final paint
finish finishing to job requirement.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
Division
Section
08200 - Wood and Plastic Doors
Part 1:
General
1 01
Summary
The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labor, equipment and
materials, and performing all operations in connection with the fabrication and
installation of wood and plastic doors.
1 01 01
Section includes
01.0 Wood flush doors with or without fixed panels of solid or hollow core construction.
02.0 Wood stile and rail doors (panelled), with or without fixed panels.
03.0 Plastic stile and rail doors (panelled), with or without fixed panels.
1 01 04
Related Sections
06400
08100
08300
08700
08800
Architectural Woodwork
Metal Doors and Frames
Special Doors
Hardware
Glazing
1 02 References
1 02 01
1 02 01 03
1 02 01 03 01
International Standards Organization (ISO)

ISO 3934 : 78

vulcanizates used for sealing glazing and panels - Specification
ISO 4586
High-pressure Decorative laminates (HPL) - sheets made from

thermosetting resins.
Part 1: Specification
Part 2: Determination of properties
ISO 4586 -1 : 97
ISO 4586 -2 : 97
ISO 11600 : 93

requirements
1 02 01 04
USA Standards
1 02 01 04 01

ASTM E 90 : 99
Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne

Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements
ASTM E207
Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies,

Including Positive Pressure Testing of side-hinged and pivoted
Swinging Door Assemblies.
ASTM E413 : 87(99) Classification for Rating Sound Insulation
1 02 01 04 03

ANSI/NFPA 80 : 99 Fire Doors and Windows
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1A Architectural Wood Flush Doors

ANSI/NWWDA I.S.6 Architectural Wood Stile and Rail Doors
1 02 01 05
European Standards
EN 10143 : 93
1 02 01 06
British Standards
BS 6566 : 85(91)
1 02 02
Plywood
Codes
NFPA 101
1 02 03
Continuously hot-dip metal coated steel sheet and strip.

Tolerances on dimensions and shape.
Life Safety Code
Other References
AWI1500
Factory Finishing (US)
CPA A 208 : 93 Wood Particleboard Revision of ANSI A 208.1:89
1 03 Definitions
1 03 01
Technical Terms
block board - plywood with core of solid wood strips wider than 7 mm and smaller
than 30 mm
batten board - plywood with core of solid wood battens wider than 30 mm
casement door - fully glazed paneled door
door assembly - it includes a fixed part (door frame), one or more moveable parts
(door leaves), and it may include over- and side panels
door set - an assembly including a fixed part (the door frame), one or more
moveable parts (the door leaves) and their hardware. The function of which is to
allow or to forbid the access. The doorset may include sill, overpanel and side
panels.
door closer - device which ensures automatic closing of a door after any manual
opening.
door closer regulator - device to ensure that the two leaves of a double door close
in the proper order.
flush door - door leaf that has both faces plane.
flush paneled door - paneled door in which the panels finish flush with the stiles and
rails on one or both faces.
glazed door - paneled door in which the panels are of glass or similar material.
ledged door - unframed door leaf composed of vertical boarding fixed to horizontal
ledges.
mullion - intermediate vertical member in an opening or frame.
paneled door - door leaf that has stiles and rails and the spaces in between filled
with panels
particle board - panel product manufactured under pressure from particles of wood
or other ligno-cellulosic materials and a binder
plywood - wood based panel product consisting of an assembly of plies bonded
together, some or all of which are wood; normally the direction of the grain in
adjacent plies is at right angles, with the outer and inner plies placed symmetrically
on each side of a central ply or core.
rail - horizontal member of a paneled door
stile - vertical member of a paneled door
veneer - thin sheet of wood produced by rotary cutting, slicing or sawing.
1 03 02
Abbreviations
AWI
Architectural Woodwork Institute (US)

2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
CPA
K-value
NFPA
NWWDA
Rw
STC
U-value
1 05
ODAC
Composite Panel Association (US)

National Wood Window and Door Association (US)
Submittals
Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Section 1300.
1 05 01
Product Data
sound and insulation ratings, profiles and finishes.
1 05 02
Shop Drawings
Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard and custom made
wood and plastic doors. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door types,
Show anchorage and accessory items.
1 05 03
Samples
Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturers color charts showing
full range of colors or patterns available for factory-finished doors and frames.
Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared as
corner section sample not less than 15 cm square and of the same thickness and
material indicated for the final unit of work.
1 05 04

Documented experience of contractors site supervisor(s). (see ref. 'Quality
Assurance')
Records and reports of Contractors Internal Q.C..
Records and reports of Contractors External Q.C.
1 06 Quality Assurance
1 06 01
Qualifications
1 06 01 01
1 06 01 02
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work .

1 06 04
Quality Control
1 06 04 01

Checking of supplier's test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform with
1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling

1 07 01

Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during
transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of
factory-finished doors and frames.
1 07 02

Wood and Plastic doors and frames at building site shall be under cover. Place units
on minimum 10 cm high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas
shelters which could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door
becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between
stacked doors to promote air circulation.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Part 2: Products
2 01 Materials
2 01 01
Wood and Wood Products
2 01 01 01
Timber
Timber for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A or an
2 01 01 02
Particle Board
Particle board for frames and doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI
A208.1 or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 01 03
Plywood and Veneer

Plywood and Veneer used for doors shall comply with the requirements of
ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 02
Laminates
Decorative high-pressure laminates (HPL) shall be used as finish layer for flush doors
as indicated. They shall comply with the requirements of ISO 4586 or an equivalent
Standard.
2 01 05
Plastic
Plastic material for door profiles shall be unplasticized, modified polyvinylchloride
(PVC-u) with high impact resistance complying with DIN 7748 or an equivalent
Standard.
2 01 06
Reinforcement
Reinforcing for plastic profiles shall be done with galvanized steel complying with EN
10143 or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 07
Gaskets
Gaskets shall be replaceable and made of rubber material complying with ISO 3934
or an equivalent Standard.
2 02 Manufactured Units
2 02 01
Wood Doors
2 02 01 01
Flush Door Leaves
2 02 01 01 01
General
01.0 Flush wood doors shall be sound, rigid and free from warp and buckle. All edges
shall be aligned and smooth. Leaves shall be of minimum thickness 40 mm.
02.0 Flush wood doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A
or an equivalent Standard. Species and grade of lumber and wood veneers shall
be as described in these Standards.
03.0 The moisture content of all wood components shall average from 6 to 8 percent
and shall be at equilibrium with the same relative humidity condition at the time
of door fabrication.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 01 01 02
ODAC
Decorative Faces
Substrate shall consist of two hardwood plies, alternating the direction of grains to
achieve a cross-banded lamination for maximum strength. Overall thickness of each
hardwood panel shall be not less than 3 mm.
Provide decorative faces as follows:
01.0 Wood veneer grade one, species as indicated in schedules.
02.0 High pressure decorative laminate (HPL) as indicated in schedules.
03.0 Wood veneer grade two or medium density overlay (MDO) for painted
surfaces.
2 02 01 01 03
Core Construction
01.0 Solid particle board
02.0 Semi-solid particle board with tubular cavities through its length
03.0 Staved lumber (block board) according to ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A. The wood
blocks in any one core shall be of one species.
04.0 Hollow core of expanded honeycomb made of corrugated fiberboard.
2 02 01 01 04
Stiles and Rails

Doors shall have 30 mm wide stiles and rails made of thoroughly kiln-dried hardwood
lumber, they shall match the face veneers or HPL-laminated surfaces.
2 02 01 01 05
Finishing
Doors shall be factory finished on all sides as indicated in schedules.
2 02 01 01 06
01.0
Transparent finish for veneered doors shall be according to AWI 1500 or

equivalent.
02.0
Enamel finish according to SSA 472 or an equivalent Standard.
03.0
Provide colors, sheen and pattern for painted, respectively laminated surfaces
as indicated in schedules.
Glazed Openings
Glazed openings shall be done according to schedules and drawings. Glass of
indicated type shall be fixed by means of beads on both sides, nailed with countersunk
nails outside and screwed with oval-headed and nickel-plated screws inside. Drill
countersunk holes before painting or spraying.
Factory pre-glaze doors for applications indicated shall comply with requirements of
Section 8800 Glazing.
2 02 01 01 07
Louvers
Provide sight-proof stationary louvers where indicated. Louver blades and frames shall
be made of minimum 1,5 mm thick extruded aluminum with an anodized finish in
natural or bronze color as indicated. Frames shall cover both sides of the cutout and
fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws.
2 02 01 01 08

01.0 Factory pre-machine flush doors for hardware in accordance with Finish
Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware suppliers.
02.0 Position finish hardware in accordance with the adequate standards, respectively
the installed metal frames.
03.0 Provide hardware according to hardware schedules, Section 8700 Hardware.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 01 02
Panel Door Leaves
2 02 01 02 01
General
ODAC
01.0 Provide panel doors of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules.
They shall comply with ANSI/NWWDA I.S.6 or an equivalent Standard.
02.0 They shall be manufactured of hardwood species indicated in schedules. Timber
for stiles and top rail shall be minimum 40 x 120 mm, for bottom rail 40 x 180
mm. Intermediate stiles and rails may be of other widths, yet should be of the
same thickness. Corners shall be joined by mortise and tenon or tongued.
and shall be at equilibrium with the same relative humidity condition at the time
of door fabrication.
2 02 01 02 02
Glazed Panels
Stops shall be provided integral with stiles and rails (rebated). Glazing beads of
hardwood shall be mitred at corners and fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and
nickel-plated screws. Drill countersunk holes before painting or spraying.
Factory pre-glazed doors for applications indicated shall comply with requirements of
Section 8800 Glazing
2 02 01 02 03
Wooden Panels
Panels shall be made of plywood, complying with BS 6566 or an equivalent Standard.
Face veneers shall match the grain of stiles and rails.
Flat panel thickness minimum 6 mm, depending on size.
Raised panel thickness minimum 12 mm.
Provide hardwood beads on both sides, fixed with countersunk nails. Beads may
project slightly over the level of stiles and rails; if they are level with the frame then
allow for a small joint of 3 mm.
2 02 01 02 04
Flush Wooden Panels

Flush panels shall be of the same thickness as stiles and rails. They shall be
manufactured according to the specification for Flush Wood Doors. Face veneers
shall match the grain of stiles and rails. Jointing shall be done by tongue and groove,
allowing for 1 cm joint to surrounding frame or as otherwise indicated.
2 02 01 02 05
Finishing
Panel doors shall be factory finished as indicated in schedules.
Transparent finish shall be according to AWI 1500 or equivalent;
Enamel finish shall be according to SASO 472 or an equivalent Standard.
2 02 01 02 06
Hardware
Factory pre-machine panel doors for hardware in accordance with standards. Provide
hardware according to 'Hardware Schedule', Section 8700 Hardware.
2 02 01 03
Door Frames
01.0 Fabricate wood door frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from
defects, warp or buckle. Accurately produce according to schedules and
drawings to required sizes and profiles.
02.0 Provide wood door frames for single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height,
rebated or non-rebated doors, with or without sidelights for internal use only, if
not otherwise indicated.
03.0 Produce door frames out of hardwood of species indicated in drawings and/or
schedules, complying with BS 1567 or an equivalent Standard.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
04.0 Frames shall consist of jambs, head and, where applicable, transom and/or sill.
Corners shall be joined by mortice and tenon or tongued. The minimum thickness
for frames shall be 40 mm; width depends on the thickness of the wall. Provide
architraves as indicated in drawings and schedules.
05.0 Thresholds for internal frames shall only be provided if otherwise indicated.
06.0 Fanlights of ceiling height frames shall be glazed as indicated in schedules.
Beads shall be fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws.
Comply with requirements of Section 8800 'Glazing'.
07.0 Gaskets shall be provided on jambs, heads or transoms.
08.0 Finishing: Frames shall be factory finished as indicated in schedules.
Transparent finish shall be according to AWI 1500 or equivalent;
Enamel finish shall be according to SASO 472 or an equivalent Standard.
2 02 01 04
Fire Rated Door Sets
2 02 01 04 01
General
Fire rated door sets shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 and be
tested and labeled according to ASTM E152 or an equivalent Standard. Testing and
labeling shall be done by an authorized and independent laboratory.
They shall be provided according to the required ratings.
Provide these doors complete with lock, bolting hardware, hinges and door closer.
Double leaf doors shall have door closers for both leaves and a door closing regulator.
Furnish hold-open devices if otherwise indicated - see also section 8700 Hardware
If louvers are required they shall be fuse-linked for automatic closing in case of fire.
2 02 01 04 02
Wood Door Sets

Wood door sets shall consist of solid door frames and flush door leaves. They shall
comply with manufacturer's tested sample and meet shape and finish requirements as
specified in the respective paragraphs before to match other non-fire rated doors.
2 02 01 04 03
Steel -Wood Door Sets

Steel -wood door sets shall consist of steel door frames and flush wood door leaves.
They shall comply with manufacturer's tested sample and meet shape and finish
requirements as specified in the respective paragraphs before and Section 8100 'Metal
Doors and Frames', to match other non-fire rated doors.
2 02 01 05
Sound Rated Door Assemblies

Ratings based on Rw (dB) range between 27 dB and 45 dB, in 3 dB steps.
Provide sound rated doors in combinations indicated in schedules. They shall be
manufactured as specified in the respective paragraphs before. Steel frames shall be
manufactured as specified in Section 8100 'Metal Doors and Frames'.
Sound rated assemblies shall be tested and labeled by an authorized and independent
Laboratory, according to the requirements of ASTM E90 and classified according to
the requirements of ASTM E 413 or equivalent Standards.
Provide them with ratings based on STC or Rw (dB) as indicated in schedules.
2 02 02
Plastic Doors
2 02 02 01
Panelled Plastic Door Assemblies
2 02 02 01 01
General
01.0 Provide plastic door frames and leaves, jambs, heads, transoms, mullions, stiles
and rails according to schedules and drawings, made of unplasticized
polyvinylchloride (PVC-u) of minimum thickness 50 mm.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
02.0 Fabricate frames complete inclusive hardware application before shipment to the
site - see Section 8700 Hardware.
03.0 Corners shall be mitered and welded.
04.0 Sizing: The profiles used for framing shall be dimensioned adequately to carry
the loads of the individual door sizes. Use manufacturer's tables for
dimensioning.
05.0 Reinforcing: Install reinforcing of galvanized steel for profiles and hardware.
2 02 02 01 02
Frames
01.0 Gaskets shall be applied to jambs, heads or transoms in one plane for interior and two planes for exterior doors.
02.0 Exterior frames shall have a threshold with weatherstripping.
03.0 Provision shall be made for glazing of fanlights by means of beads and dryglazing. Factory pre-glazed doors for applications indicated shall comply with the
requirements of Section 8800 Glazing.
2 02 02 01 03
Door Leaves
Doors shall be glazed with tempered-, wired- or laminated glass, depending on
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. For glazing above door height there are
no special requirements.
01.0 Stops and Beads: Stops around solid and glazed panels where indicated, shall
be integral with the profiles for stiles and rails. Glazing beads shall be fixed by
clip-on method.
02.0 Glazing: Doors, fan- and sidelights shall be factory pre-glazed to the greatest
possible extent by means of dry-glazing, using pre-formed neoprene gaskets or
similar material acceptable to the Engineer. Provide glass as indicated in
schedules - see also Section 8800 Glazing.
03.0 Panels: Solid panels for interior use shall be manufactured of plywood and
laminated with HPL-sheeting on both sides. Panels for exterior use shall have an
insulating core laminated on both sides or consist of foamed polyurethane with a
solid, smooth and even surface. Unless otherwise indicated provide insulated
panels with U-values max. 2,5 (W/m2.K).
04.0 Hardware: Position finish hardware in accordance with standards. Hinges shall
be fixed concealed. Provide hardware according to 'Hardware Schedule', Section
8700 Hardware
2 03
Fabrication
Fabricate wood and plastic doors to design and sizes indicated, in accordance with
approved shop drawings and compliance with referenced standards.
2 03 01
01.0 Complete fabrication inclusive application of hardware and other work to the
greatest possible degree in the workshop.
02.0 Sizing: The sizes of the sections for frames and doors shall be dimensioned
adequately to carry the loads of the individual sizes.
03.0 Joining wood frames: Frames shall be glued together either by tongue and
groove or with hardwood dowels of sufficient diameter. Maintain accurate
relationship of planes and angles and hairline fit of contacting members.
04.0 Joining plastic frames: Frames shall have mitered corners and be rigidly joined
together by means of hot plate welding. The weld has then to be finished off
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
using a machine process to give the corner a neat appearance. Maintain

accurate relationship of planes and angles.
05.0 Fasteners: Provide either non-corrodible or corrosion protected fasteners and
conceal wherever possible.
2 03 02
Shop Assembly
Doors shall be assembled completely in the shop and shall not be dismantled for
shipping.
2 03 03
Shop Finishing
2 03 03 01
General
Wood doors shall be shop finished as indicated in the respective paragraphs and
items. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any damage while shipping to the site.
2 03 03 02
Abutting members shall not have an integral color or texture variation greater than half
the range indicated in the sample submittal.
2 03 05
Inspections
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Part 3:
Execution
3 01
General Examination
Do not deliver or install doors until conditions of temperature and relative humidity
have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during
the remainder of the construction period at a level similar to occupancy conditions.
Verify that steel frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location and
swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. Do
not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3 02
General Preparation
Examine doors and frames prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on
site, provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to
the Engineer; otherwise replace damaged items as directed.
3 03
Installation
3 03 01
Fitting and Hanging of Door Leaves

01.0 Install flush and panel wood doors to comply with manufacturers instructions,
applicable requirements of referenced quality standard, and as indicated.
02.0 Job-fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with the following clearances:
- 3 mm at jambs and heads or transoms
- 1,5 mm per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors
- 6 mm from bottom of door to finish floor level
- Do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer!
03.0 Prefit Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
04.0 Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation, if fitting or machining is
required at job site.
3 03 02
Installation of Wood Door Assemblies

01.0 Placing frames: Set frames accurately in position, plumb and aligned. Fix each
jamb with dowels and screws three times. Use countersunk screws and cap
them. Frames with heights above 220 cm to be fixed at four points each jamb.
02.0 Joints: Joints to surrounding walls shall be foamed after setting. Architraves, if
specified, shall be fixed to door frames. Visible joints shall be prepared as
indicated in drawings and schedules. Use adequate elastic sealing component
complying with ISO 11600 or an equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned
and if necessary primed before filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar see also detail drawings.
03.0 Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge
04.0 Fire rated door sets: Install fire rated door sets accurately according to
manufacturers instructions. Clearances shall meet requirements of
ANSI/NFPA 80
05.0 In case the finish flooring is not yet completed, door leaves shall be taken off and
stored at a save and convenient place - coordinate with the Engineer.
3 03 03
Installation of Plastic Door Assemblies.

01.0 Placing frames: Set frames accurately in position, plumb and aligned. Fix each
jamb with dowels and screws at distances of maximum 70 cm. Use countersunk,
oval-headed and nickel-plated screws of adequate size.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
02.0 Joints: Joints to surrounding walls shall be foamed after setting. Visible joints
shall be prepared as indicated in drawings and schedules.
03.0 Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge
04.0 Safe storage: In case the finish flooring is not yet completed, door leaves shall be
taken off and stored at a save and convenient place - coordinate with the
Engineer.
3 04
Field Quality Control
3 05

Adjust hinges and lock strike plates to limit compression to gaskets and allow easy
opening and closing.
Re-hang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely.
3 07
Protection
without damage at time of handing over. If necessary, or requested by the engineer,
remove door leaves and store at a secure place.
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Part 4:
4 01
General
For doors, door frames with and without side- and fanlights the coordinating size
Double-leaf doors or doors with side or fanlights will be considered one unit.
separately.
4 02
Wood door leaves, door assemblies and door sets shall be enumerated. Fitting,
hanging and fixing will be included with the items.
Plastic door assemblies shall be enumerated. Fixing will deem to be included with the
items.
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 5:
Basis of Payment
5 01
General
ODAC
Payment will be made for complete work including, but not limited to furnishing all
samples and mock-ups, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination,
5 02

Fixing of door frames, fitting and hanging of door leaves inclusive of all fixing
materials, i.e. anchorages, bolts etc.
Establishing heights of finished floor with reference to installation locations.
Adjusting, cleaning and protection of the works until final handing over.
Removal and storage of door leaves when directed by the Engineer.
14
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Annex:
7 01
ODAC
General Information
Modular System
7 02
ISO 1040
Building construction - Modular Coordination - Multimodules for

horizontal coordinating dimensions.
ISO 1006
Building construction - Modular coordination - Basic module
ISO 1791
Building construction - Modular coordination - Vocabulary
ISO 2776
Modular coordination - Coordinating sizes for door sets External and internal
ISO 2848
Building construction - Modular coordination - Principles and

rules
ISO 6513
Building construction - Modular coordination - Series of preferred

Terminology
The following terminology is part of: ISO 1804 : 72
Doors and windows, for hinged
and pivoted doors of all materials used in building construction.
For further explanation of the following terms see attached drawing.
(A) Terms relating to structural openings

1
Structural opening: The void within a wall or partition designed to receive a door
set
1a
Structural opening with non-rebated reveal (figure 1)
1b
Structural opening with rebated reveal (figure 2)
11
Structural reveal (rebated or non-rebated)
12
Soffit
13
Vertical side
14
Sill
15
Structural rebate
18
Finished floor
(B) Terms relating to door frames

2
Door frame: The frame in which a door (door-leaf) is hung.

2a
Door frame with rebate (figure 3)
2b
Door frame without rebate (figure 4)
2c
Door frame with transom (figure 5)
20
Door frame reveal (rebated or non-rebated)
21
Head
22
Transom
23
Jamb
24
Sill
25
Rebate
(C) Terms relating to doors

3
Door: The door leaf of a single leaf door.

31
Internal door: A door of which the two faces are situated internally.
32
External door: Door with at least one face externally.
33
Square edge door
34
Rebated door
15
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
35
36
37
38a
38b
ODAC
Rebate
Overlap
Door leaf (figure 6)
Square edge overpanel (figure 7)
Rebated overpanel (figure 8)
16
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
7 02 01
ODAC
Illustration of Terms
A.1 STRUCTURAL OPENINGS
12
12
13
13
1b
1a
15
14
18
18
13
13
11
11
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 2
21
A.2 DOOR FRAMES

22
21
22
23
23
23
2c
2a
2b
25
25
24
24
24
20
20
FIGURE 3
20
FIGURE 4
FIGURE 5
A.3 DOORS
38b
38a
FIGURE 7
33
34
(37)
(37)
35
FIGURE 6
36
FIGURE 8
17
08201 WOOD DOORS
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 08201 Wood Doors
GENERAL
This specification establishes the requirements for the fabrication, delivery,
and installation of wood doors, frames, and hardware.
1.1
Scope
1.1.1 The Scope of work includes fabrication, delivery, and installation of
the following:
a. Standard flush wood doors, semi solid core with hardboard
faces.
b. Wood frames.
c. Jamb anchors.
d. Finish hardware.
1.1.2 Shop-priming.
1.1.3 Factory-finishing.
1.1.4 Factory pre-fitting to frames and factory-pre-machining for
hardware.
1.2
Reference
1.2.1 The requirements of this specification are based on conformance
with the following U.S. codes and standards specifications, and
sound practice. The Contractor may substitute other international
codes and standards to furnish and perform the work, provided
that prior written acceptance from the Engineer is obtained.
1.2.2 Abbreviations
The abbreviations listed below, when used in this Specification,
shall have the following meaning:
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
AWI
American Wood Institute
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
NWWDA
National
Association
Wood
Window
UL
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
ES
Egyptian Standards
and
Door
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Comply with the latest editions and revisions of the referenced

codes and standards in effect on commencement of work
unless noted otherwise.
1.3
1.4
1.5
Submittals
i)
Product data for each type of door and frame specified, including
details of core and edge construction, materials, dimensions,
hardware preparation, core profiles and factory-finishing
specifications.
ii)
Shop drawings showing location and size of each door

fabrication and installation of door and frames, details of each
frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at
openings, details of construction, location and installation
requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements,
details of joints and connections, anchorage and accessory
items, requirements for factory-finishing, and other pertinent
data.
iii)
Schedule of doors, frames, and final hardware and keying

schedule using the same reference numbers for details and
openings as those used on contract drawings and in this
specification. Furnish hardware sets for each door.
iv)
Dimensions and locations of cutouts for locksets as applicable

and/or required.
v)
Samples for the following:

a.
Doors for transparent finish: Door faces with solid wood

edging representing typical range of colors and grains for
each species of lumber required.
b.
Factory-finished doors: Each type of factory finish

required.
Quality Standards
i)
Provide doors complying with NWWDA quality standards for

flush wood doors.
ii)
The Contractor shall control the quality of items and services to

meet the requirements of this Specification. applicable codes and
standards, and other Contract documents.
Shipping, Handling, and Storage

i)
Protect materials during transit, storage, and handling to prevent

damage, soiling, and deterioration. Comply with requirements of
referenced standards and recommendations of NWWDA
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
pamphlet, How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain

Wood Doors, as well as with manufacturers instructions.
ii)
Identify each door with individual opening numbers that correlate

with designation system used on shop drawings for door, frames,
and hardware, using temporary, removable or concealed
markings.
iii)
Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to

provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide
additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factoryfinished doors and frames.
iv)
Inspect doors and frames upon delivery for damage. Minor

damage may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in
all respects to new work and acceptable to the Engineer
otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.
v)
Store doors and frames at building site under cover. If cardboard

wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately.
Provide sufficient space between stacked doors to promote air
circulation.
PRODUCTS
2.1 Doors
i)
Normal Doors:
50 mm overall thickness hollow tubular core with 75% solid core
of softwood flush door and frame sets, 4 mm thickness MDF
finish both sides, wood lipping, wood frames, architraves and the
like. Natural cherry veneer to be applied on the both door leaf
sides. Soft wood sub frame.
ii)
Fire Rated Doors 60 min (FD60):

55 mm (60 min) / overall door leaf thickness, three layers particle
board with. Natural cherry veneer door faces. The door should be
tested according to BS476 pt.22, and should be suitable for
single and double leaf applications in single swing configurations,
and may be glazed. The doors should have the potential to
provide for an RW 34 dB (STC 34). Sound performance when
tested to BS2750 when used with suitable seals.
2.2
Wood Frames
Massive oak wood frames to be designed according to door types,
thickness & size.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2.3
ODAC
Paint
2.3.1 Shop Priming
2.3.2
a.
Doors for opaque finish: shop prime exposed portions of

doors for paint finish with one coat wood primer.
b.
Transparent finish: Shop seal faces and edges of doors

for transparent finish with polyreythene finish and other
required pretreatment and first coat of Engineers selected
finish.
Factory Finishing
a.
Transparent finish: Manufacturers standard finish with

performance requirements comparable to either AWI
System #2 catalyzed lacquer or AWI System #3 alkyd
urea conversion varnish.
b.
Opaque finish: Manufacturers standard finish with

performance requirements comparable to AWI System #7
catalyzed lacquer; color shall be as selected by the
Engineer.
EXECUTION
3.1
Fabrication
3.1.1 Doors and Frames
Doors and frames shall be prepared to receive hardware
conforming to the templates and information provided on
Drawings. Doors and frames shall be reinforced, drilled, and
tapped to receive mortised hinges, locks, latches, and flush bolts
as required. Doors and frames shall be reinforced for surface
applied hardware.
Frames shall be massive wood. Rubber silencers shall be
furnished for installation into factory predrilled holes in door
frames; adhesively applied silencers are not acceptable. Where
frames are installed in plaster or masonry walls, plaster guards
shall conform to SDOI SDI-100, Model 3, and shall include
provisions for glazing.
3.1.2 Fire Rated Doors
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Door Schedule on drawings will indicate where fire-rated doors

are to used and their rating requirements.
Fire rated door assemblies shall bear the listing identification
label of a nationally recognized testing laboratory qualified to
perform tests of fire door assemblies and having a listing for the
tested assemblies. The fire resistance rating shall be shown.
Listing identification labels shall be constructed and permanently
applied by a method, which result in their destruction, should
they be removed.
3.2
3.3
3.4
Installation
i)
Do not deliver or install doors until temperature and relative

humidity conditions have been stabilized and will be maintained
in storage and installation areas during remainder of
construction period.
ii)
Install flush wood doors, wood frames, and accessories in

accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturers data, and
as herein specified.
Examination
i)
Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type,

size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed
with plumb jambs and level heads.
ii)
Reject doors with defects.
iii)
Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions

have been corrected.
Adjustment and Protection

i)
Operation: Re-hang or replace doors that do not swing or

operate freely.
ii)
Finishing doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during

installation.
iii)
Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure

that wood door will be without damage or deterioration at time of
substantial completion.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 08300 Special Doors
Division
Section
08300 - Special Doors
Part 1:
General
1 01
Summary
materials, and performing all operations in connection with the fabrication and
installation of special doors and frames.
1 01 01
Section includes
01.0 Sliding doors of different material
02.0 Security doors for different purposes
03.0 Cold storage doors
04.0 Overhead coiling doors and grilles
05.0 All-glass doors
06.0 Folding doors
07.0 Sectional overhead doors
08.0 Traffic doors
1 01 04
Related Sections
07700 Roof Specialities and Accessories.
08400 Entrances and Storefronts
08700 Hardware
08800 Glazing
14200 Elevators
15850 Air Handling.
1 02
References
1 02 01
1 02 01 03
1 02 01 03 01

ISO 209 -
ISO 209 - 1: 89
ISO 209 -2: 89
Forms of products
ISO 1461: 99
Metallic coatings - Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated

iron and steel articles Specification and test method.
ISO 3573: 86

qualities.
ISO 3574: 86
Cold-rolled carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing

qualities.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
ISO 3575: 76
Continues hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of commercial,

lock-forming and drawing qualities.
ISO 3934: 78
Rubber building gaskets - Materials in performed solid

ISO 4586
Decorative high-pressure laminates (HPL) - sheets based on

thermosetting resins.
ISO 4586 - 1: 87
Specifications
ISO 4586 - 2: 87
Determination of properties
ISO 5002: 82
Hot-rolled and cold-reduced electrolytic zinc-coated carbon steel

sheet of commercial and drawing qualities.
ISO 6361-
Wrought and aluminium alloy sheets, strips and plates.
ISO 6361 - 1: 86
ISO 6361 - 2: 90
ISO 6361 - 3: 85
ISO 6361 - 4: 88
ISO 6362 -
Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded rods/bars,

tubes and profiles
ISO 6362 - 1: 86
ISO 6362 - 2: 90
ISO 6362 - 3: 90
Extruded rectangular bars - Tolerances on dimensions and form
ISO 6362 - 4: 88
ISO 6362 - 5: 91
Extruded round, square and hexagonal bars - Tolerances on

form and dimensions
ISO 6442: 81
Door leaves - Measurement of defects of general flatness
ISO 7599 : 83
Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys - General specification for

anodic oxide coatings on aluminium.
ISO 8270: 85
Doorsets - Soft heavy body impact test
ISO 8271: 85
Door leaves - Hard body impact test
ISO 11600: 93
Building construction - Sealants - Classification
1 02 01 04
USA Standards
1 02 01 04 01
1 02 01 04 03
ASTM C236 - 89
Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Performance of

Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box.
ASTM C976 - 90
Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building

Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box.
ASTM E90 - 85

Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions.
ASTM E413 - 87
Classification for Determination of Sound Transmission Class

ANSI A208.1 - 93
Mat-formed Wood Particle Board
ANSI/NFPA 80 - 92
Fire Doors and Windows
ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A - 93
Industry Standard for Wood Flush Doors

2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1 02 01 06
1 02 01 07
ODAC
ANSI/SDI 100 - 91
Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors
ANSI/UL 608 - 81
Burglary resistant vault doors
British Standards
BS 4652: 71(79)
Specification for metallic zinc-rich priming paint.
BS 6496: 84(91)
BS 6497: 84(91)
Specification for powder organic coatings to galvanized steel.
German Standards
DIN 1249 12: 90
Glass for use in building construction; toughened glass;

dimensions, working and requirements
DIN 18103: 92
Doors, burglar resistant doors, requirements and testing
DIN 18203 2: 86
DIN 18203 3: 84
Tolerances for building; building components of timber and

wood based panel products.
DIN 18250 1: 79
Locks; mortice locks for fire barriers, single latch bolt lock
DIN 18250 2: 79
Locks; mortice locks for fire barriers, three latch bolt shutters
DIN 18251: 91
Locks; mortice locks for doors
DIN 18252: 91
Locking cylinders for door locks, terminology
DIN 18257: 91
Building hardware; security door plates; concepts and definitions,

dimensions, requirements, testing and labelling
DIN 52290 3: 84
Attack blocking glazing; testing of the resistance against break

by mean of a cutting striking tool and classification
1 02 02
Codes
NFPA 101
1 02 03
Life Safety Code
Other References
AAMA 101: 97
Voluntary Specifications for Aluminium, Vinyl (PVC), and Wood

Windows and Glass Doors
AWI 1300
Architectural flush doors
AWI 1500
Factory finishing
1 03
Definitions
1 03 01
Technical Terms
block board - plywood with core of solid wood strips wider than 7 mm and smaller
than 30 mm
batten board - plywood with core of solid wood battens wider than 30 mm
butt-type frame - frame which is installed off the structural reveal with a joint
casement door - fully glazed panelled door
co-ordinating size (dimension) - a dimension of a co-ordinating space, which defines
the relative position of two or more components in an assembly, according to the
characteristics of the components which are relevant to the assembly.
door assembly - it includes a fixed part (door frame), one or more movable parts
(door leaves), and it may include over- and side panels
door set - an assembly including a fixed part (the door frame), one or more movable
parts (the door leaves) and their hardware. The function of which is to allow or to forbid
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
the access. The door set may include sill, over panel and side panels
door closer - device which ensures automatic closing of a door after manual opening
door closer regulator - device to ensure that the two leaves of a double door close in
the proper order
fibreboard - board made of compressed, resinbonded wooden fibres
flush door - door leaf that has both faces plane
flush panelled door - panelled door in which the panels finish flush with the stiles and
rails on one or both faces
glazed door - panelled door in which the panels are of glass or similar material
glass door - door with a door leaf made of glass
hold-open facility - a device designed to override the function of the door closer for
specific periods. If its releasing mechanism is automatically or otherwise activated in
the case of fire, the door closer will immediately regain its function and the door will
close by itself
jamb - vertical part of the doorframe
mullion - intermediate vertical member in an opening or frame
panelled door - door leaf that has stiles and rails and the spaces in between filled with
panels
particle board - panel product manufactured under pressure from particles of wood or
other ligno-cellulose materials and a binder
plywood - wood based panel product consisting of an assembly of plies bonded
together, some or all of which are wood; normally the direction of the grain in adjacent
plies is at right angles, with the outer and inner plies placed symmetrically on each
side of a central ply or core.
smoke control door - self-closing door set which, when installed and closed is
intended to hinder the passage of smoke
veneer - Thin sheet of wood produced by rotary cutting, slicing or sawing.
wrap around frame - frame which is wider than wall thickness including finishing.
1 03 02
1 05
Abbreviations
AAMA
American Architectural Manufacturers Association (US)
AWI
BHMA
K-value
NFPA
NWWDA
Rw
STC
U-value
Architectural Woodwork Institute (US)

Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (US)
National Wood Window and Door Association (US)
Heat transmission factor (ASHRAE)
Submittals
Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Specification
Section 01300.
1 05 01
Product Data
sound and insulation ratings, profiles and finishes, and manufacturer's instructions.
referenced standards, and/ or requirements of local authorities.
1 05 02
Shop Drawings
Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard and custom made
doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door types,
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Show anchorage and accessory items
1 05 03
Samples
full range of colours or patterns available for factory-finished doors and frames.
Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on
samples not less than 10 by 15 cm and of the same thickness and material indicated
for the final unit of work.
1 05 04

Documented experience of contractors site supervisor(s).
Reports and records of contractors Internal Quality Control.
Reports and records of contractors External Quality Control.
1 06
Quality Assurance
1 06 01
Qualifications
1 06 01 01
1 06 01 02
1 06 04
Quality Control
1 06 04 01

Checking suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform to
Checking suppliers delivery tickets of each delivery for completeness and compliance
with supply order and specification.
1 07
1 07 01

Deliver storefront system components and doors cardboard-wrapped or crated to
provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to
prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and frames.
1 07 02

System components and doors at building site shall be under cover. Place units on
minimum 10 cm high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas
shelters, which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper becomes wet
during transport, remove carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 2:
Products
2 01
Materials
2 01 01
Steel
ODAC
Steel for doors and frames shall comply with the requirements of ISO 3573 and 3574,
respectively ISO 3575 or equivalent Standards.
Provide coating as indicated according to the following Standards:
- Electrolytic coatings according to ISO 5002 or an equivalent Standard.
- Hot dip galvanized coatings according to ISO 1461 or an equivalent
Standard.
- Powder organic coating to galvanized steel according to BS 6497 or an
2 01 02
Aluminium
Extruded profiles and plates of aluminium or aluminium-alloys shall comply with the
requirements of ISO 209, 6361 and 6362 or equivalent Standards.
Externally used aluminium shall be surface-treated as indicated according to the
following Standards:
- Anodized finish complying with ISO 7599 or any other equivalent Standard
- Powder organic coating complying with BS 6496 or an equivalent
Standard.
2 01 03
Stainless Steel
Stainless steel for doors and frames shall comply with the requirements of ISO 683
Pt.13 or an equivalent Standard.
The thickness of framing-material shall not be less than 1,5 mm nominal
2 01 05
Timber
Wood flush doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A or an
2 01 06
Particle Board
Particle board for frames and doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI
A208.1 or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 07
Plywood and Veneer

Plywood and Veneer used for doors shall comply with the requirements of
ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 08
Laminates
Decorative high-pressure laminates (HPL) used as finish layer for flush doors shall
comply with the requirements of ISO 4586 or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 09
Gaskets
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 01 10
ODAC
Glass
For specification of glass see Section 8800 Glazing
2 02
Manufactured Units
2 02 01
Access Doors
2 02 02
Sliding Doors and Grilles

Provide sliding doors and grilles of design, type and size indicated in drawings and
schedules.
2 02 02 01
Top Hung Door Gear

Shall comprise a roller track fixed above the door to accommodate adjustable door
hangers on rollers with ball or needle bearings. Rollers shall preferably be made of
plastic for low noise production if door weight allows for. Track and roller size shall be
selected according to weight of door and manufacturers recommendations. Aluminium
door gears shall comprise a closed system with minimum double rollers for each
hanger. Arrangements at the bottom of door shall comprise projecting rollers or a
fixed rod running in an inverted channel inserted into the bottom edge of door.
Provide door gear of galvanized steel, stainless steel or aluminium as indicated in
schedules.
2 02 02 02
Bottom Roller Door Gear

A steel rail of galvanized flat steel shall be inserted into the floor. The bottom edge of
door shall comprise two steel rollers with ball bearings. Size of rail and rollers shall be
selected according to weight of door and manufacturers recommendations. At the top
of door a steel channel guide rail shall be installed to accommodate locating rollers
fixed to the top edge of door.
Provide door gear of galvanized steel, stainless steel or aluminium.
2 02 02 03
Sliding Metal Doors
2 02 02 03 01
Door Leaves
01.0 Provide hollow metal door leaves of types, styles and grades as shown on
drawings and schedules similar to ANSI/SDI 100 or an equivalent Standard. Use
minimum 1 mm thick cold rolled steel for faces. Both faces shall have metal sheeting
of one piece without any joints. Thickness shall not be less than 40 mm.
Doors shall be internally reinforced to resist impact and to ensure flatness. They shall
comply with ISO 8270, 8271 and 6442 or an equivalent Standard.
Provide doors of steel or stainless steel as indicated in schedules.
02.0 Louvers: Provide sight proof stationary louvers for interior doors where indicated.
Louver blades produced of 1,2 mm cold-rolled steel bend three times and set into 1,0
mm frame.
03.0 Vision glazing: Provide cut-outs for vision-glazing in indicated sizes. Cut-outs
shall have glazing stops and beads, fixed with countersunk, oval-headed, nickel-plated
or stainless steel screws, depending on framing material. Glazing shall be done in dry
glazing method, using neoprene gaskets or similar material. Set glazing only after
finish coats have been applied.
Provide type of glass as indicated in schedules.
2 02 02 03 02

01.0 Prepare hollow metal units to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware,
including cut-outs, reinforcing, drilling and tapping in accordance with 'Finish
Hardware Schedule' and templates provided by hardware suppliers.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
02.0 Reinforce hollow metal units to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and
tapping for surface-applied finish hardware may be done at site.
03.0 Position finish hardware in accordance with standards.
04.0 Provide hardware according to hardware schedules - see Section 8700
Hardware.
2 02 02 03 03
Finish
01.0 Internal steel doors shall have a zinc-coating of average minimum thickness not
less than 15 micrometer and treated with one coat of suitable priming paint.
02.0 External and internal steel doors subject to corrosive atmospheres shall be hotdip galvanized with a minimum layer of 350 g/m2. Alternatively they may be made
of hot-dip galvanized steel sheet. Cut ends shall be protected with a metallic zincrich priming paint, complying with BS 4652 or an equivalent Standard. They shall
be treated with one coat of suitable priming paint.
03.0 Stainless steel shall be finished as indicated in schedules.
2 02 02 03 04
Fire Rating
01.0 Fire-rated door sets shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 and be
tested and labelled according to ASTM E152 or any other equivalent Standard.
Testing and labelling shall be done by an authorised and independent
Laboratory.
They shall be provided according to the requested ratings in schedules.
02.0 Louvers: If louvers are required they shall be of standard size for fire rated doors
and fuse-linked for automatic closing in case of fire.
03.0 Glazing: Any vision glazing in these doors shall comply with the required fire
rating - see also Section 8800 Glazing.
04.0 Hardware: Provide these doors with fuse-linked automatic closing device in case
of fire. Provide further hardware according to hardware schedule.
2 02 02 03 05
Thermal Rating
Thermal rated doors shall be tested and labelled by an authorised and independent
Laboratory, according to the requirements of ASTM C236 or ASTM C976 or an
They shall be set into frames with gaskets on all four sides.
Provide thermal rated doors with a max. U-value of 2,0 (W/m2.K), unless otherwise
indicated.
2 02 02 03 06
Sound Rating
Doors shall be tested and labelled by an authorised and independent Laboratory,
according to the requirements of ASTM E90 and classified according to the
requirements of ASTM E 413 or an equivalent Standard.
Provide sound rated assemblies with ratings based on STC or Rw, as indicated in
schedules.
2 02 02 04
Sliding Wood Doors
2 02 02 04 01
General
01.0 Flush wood doors shall be sound, rigid and free from warp and buckle. All edges
shall be aligned and smooth. Leaves shall be of minimum thickness 40 mm.
02.0 Flush wood doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A or
an equivalent Standard. Species and grade of lumber and wood veneers shall be
as described in these standards.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
and shall be at equilibrium with the same relative humidity condition at the time of
door fabrication.
2 02 02 04 02
Decorative Faces
Provide decorative faces as follows:
01.0 Wood veneer grade one; species as indicated in schedules.
02.0 High pressure decorative laminate (HPL) as indicated in schedules.
03.0 Wood veneer grade two or medium density overlay (MDO) for paint
surfaces.
2 02 02 04 03
Core Construction
01.0 Solid particle board
02.0 Semisolid particle board with tubular cavities through its length.
03.0 Staved lumber (block board) according to ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A.
The wood blocks in any one core shall be of one species.
04.0 Hollow core of expanded honeycomb made of corrugated fibreboard.
2 02 02 04 04
Stiles and Rails

Doors shall have 30 mm wide stiles and rails made of thoroughly kiln-dried hardwood
lumber. For doors with hardwood veneer faces or HPL-laminated they shall match the
face veneer.
2 02 02 04 05
Finishing
Doors shall be factory finished on all sides. Transparent finish for veneered doors shall
be according to AWI 1500 ; enamel finish according to SSA 472 or an equivalent
Standard.
Provide colours, sheen and pattern as indicated in schedules.
2 02 02 04 06
Glazed Openings
Cut-outs should be minimum 15 cm off the edge of the door as well as other cut-outs
such as mortised locks.
Vision glazing shall be done according to schedules and drawings. Glass shall be fixed
by means of beads on both sides, nailed with countersunk nails outside and screwed
with oval headed and nickel-plated screws inside. Drill countersunk holes before
painting or spraying.
Factory-pre-glazed doors with type of glass indicated.
2 02 02 04 07
Louvers
Provide sight proof, stationary louvers where indicated. Louver blades and frames
shall be made of minimum 1,5 mm thick extruded aluminium with an anodised finish.
Frames shall cover both sides of the cut-out and fixed with countersunk, oval-headed
and nickel-plated screws.
2 02 02 04 08

Factory-premachine flush doors for hardware in accordance with Finish Hardware
Schedule and templates provided by hardware suppliers.
Position finish hardware in accordance with the adequate standards.
For hardware specification see Section 8700 Hardware
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 02 05
ODAC
Sliding Glass Doors

01.0 Provide sliding glass doors as single or double doors in size and shape with top
hung- or bottom roller door gear as indicated in drawings and schedules,
according to AAMA101 or an equivalent Standard.
02.0 Fabricate sliding glass doors with stiles and rails made of slim-line aluminium
profiles. Use manufacturers standard extruded aluminium sections complying
with ISO 209 or an equivalent Standard. Tempered float glass shall be set into
these frames by means of dry-glazing method with pre-formed gaskets of
neoprene or similar material acceptable to the Engineer.
03.0 Fasteners: Provide aluminium, stainless steel, or other noncorrosive metal
fasteners compatible with aluminium. Do not use exposed fasteners.
04.0 Provide glass as indicated in schedules and comply with Section 8800 Glazing.
05.0 Finish: Provide Finish as indicated in schedules.
Anodised finish shall be of minimum thickness 15 micrometer .
Powder organic coating shall be of minimum thickness 60 micrometer.
2 02 04
Security Doors
2 02 04 01
Burglar Resistant Doors

Burglar resistance is the ability of a door to resist attempts to damage or destroy parts
of the door for the purpose of forcing entry into the zone which the door is intended to
protect, in accordance with the criteria specified in the referenced standard.
01.0 Provide burglar resistant single swing doors of design, type and material
indicated in drawings and schedules. Doors shall be fabricated and tested
according to the requirements of DIN 18103 or an equivalent Standard. Testing
shall be done by an independent laboratory. Doors shall be durably marked with
DIN 18103 - EH or an equivalent label.
02.0 Glazing: Any glazing in these doors shall conform at least to resistance class B2
as specified in DIN 52290 - 3.
03.0 Hardware: Provide these doors with complete hardware. Tumbler locks shall
conform to class 3 of DIN 18251 or DIN 18250 Part 1 with at least 5 tumblers.
Cylinder locks shall conform to DIN 18251 or DIN 18251 - 1 with locking cylinders
as specified in DIN 18252. Security doorplates shall conform to DIN 18257 or a
comparable mechanical protection shall be provided.
04.0 Finish: Provide these doors with finish indicated in schedules.
2 02 04 02
Vault Doors
Classifications according to UL 608 are as follows:
A - Class 1 - 1/2 h
B - Class 2 - 1 h
C - Class 3 - 2 h
Provide attack- and fire-resistant swing doors of design and size indicated in drawings
and schedules.
01.0 Provide GSA Class 5 Security Vault Door in accordance with the applicable
Standard tested and labelled by an authorised and independent laboratory.
02.0 Provide attack-resistant vault door in accordance with ANSI/UL 608 - safety
standard; classification and fire resistance as indicated in schedules.
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 04 02 01
ODAC
Frames
Frames shall be fully welded units with integral trim. Knock-down frames are not
acceptable. They shall have gaskets on all sides. Provide anchors designed to transfer
all blast loading or attach properly to walls or subframes.
2 02 04 02 02
Doors
Doors shall be made of steel sheets without any visible seams including vertical
edges. They shall be insulated with non-combustible insulation material.
2 02 04 02 03
Hardware
Provide doors and frames with complete hardware. Doors shall be equipped with key
change combination lock and inside escape device.
2 02 04 02 04
Day Gate
Provide gates if required. They shall have a frame of steel angles or hollow profiles
with min. one intermediate rail. Panels shall be of heavy wire mesh. The lock shall be
operable from either side.
2 02 04 02 05
Finish
Grind all exposed welds smooth after fabrication, clean all surfaces to insure proper
paint adhesion and provide the following finish:
01.0 Zinc-coating of minimum thickness 15 micrometer and treated with one coat
of suitable priming paint.
02.0 Hot-dip galvanized with a minimum layer of 350 g/m2, complying with the
requirements of ISO 1461 or an equivalent Standard and treated with one coat of
suitable priming paint.
2 02 05
Cold Storage Doors

Cold storage doors and frames shall be manufacturers standard comprising the
following requirements:
01.0 Frame and door shall be made of aluminium in thermal-break construction.
Surface shall be natural anodised of min. thickness 20 micrometer.
02.0 Insulation shall be extruded polystyrol, polyurethane or similar material. Provide
U-value (W/m2.K) as indicated in schedules.
03.0 Gaskets shall be provided of neoprene or similar material in two planes on all
four sides. It shall be flexible even under cold room temperatures of
approximately -18 deg. C. Door shall be fully airtight in closed position.
04. 0 Hardware: Provide door with complete hardware installed. Hinges shall be of
natural anodised aluminium or stainless steel. Operation shall be by a lever
handle from both sides
2 02 06
Overhead Coiling Doors and Grilles
2 02 06 01
General
Provide coiling doors and grilles according to designs, sizes and wind loads shown on
drawings and schedules.
2 02 06 02
Overhead Coiling Doors
2 02 06 02 01
Door Curtain
Fabricate door curtain of interlocking slats designed to withstand required wind load, of
continuous length for width of door without splices. Material thickness shall be
manufacturers standard for the adequate width.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Provide curtain slats as follows:

01.0 Use hot-dip galvanized steel sheets (min. thickness 0,8 mm, min. zinc-coating
275 g/m2) for fabrication of standard S- configuration slats. Apply one coat of
prime paint prior to roll-forming.
02.0 Use hot-dip galvanized steel sheets (min. thickness 0,8 mm outside and 0,6 mm
inside, min. zinc-coating 275 g/ m2) for fabrication of insulated flat slats. Apply
one coat of prime paint prior to roll-forming. Insulate with approx. 20 mm
polystyrene.
03.0 Use minimum 1,0 mm thick, clear anodised aluminium, for fabrication of flat slats.
04.0 Use minimum 1,0 mm thick, clear anodised aluminium, for fabrication of flat slats,
punched across the entire length, which will provide an open area of
approximately 30 %.
Endlocks: Galvanized, malleable iron castings fixed to slats with rivets. Provide locks
on alternate slats for alignment and resistance against lateral movement.
Wind locks: Galvanized malleable iron castings fixed to slats with rivets. Unless
otherwise recommended by door manufacturer, provide wind locks on doors
exceeding 4,50 m in width.
Bottom bar: Consisting of 2 angles, each not less than 25 x 25 x 3 mm, either
galvanized steel or aluminium extrusions to suit type of curtain slats.
Provide a replaceable gasket of flexible vinyl or neoprene between angles as a
weather seal and cushion bumper for manually operated doors.
2 02 06 02 02
Jambs
01.0 Jamb guides: Steel angles or channels and angles with sufficient depth and
strength to retain curtain loading. Use sections not less than 4,0 mm thick. Slot
bolt holes for track adjustment.
02.0 Fix continuous wall angle with minimum 8 mm bolts at 75 cm distances, unless
closer spacing recommended by door manufacturer.
03.0 Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain and also allow
for curtain maintenance without removal of guides.
04.0 Provide vinyl or neoprene weather-stripping for exterior exposed doors except
where otherwise indicated.
2 02 06 02 03
Counterbalancing Mechanism
01.0 Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable steel helical torsion spring,
mounted around a steel shaft, set into a spring barrel and connected to door
curtain with barrel rings. Use grease-sealed bearings or self-lubricating graphite
bearings for rotating members.
02.0 Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot formed structural steel pipe
of sufficient size to support roll-up of curtain without distortion of slats, and limit
barrel deflection to max. 2,5 mm per meter of span under full load.
03.0 Spring balance: Provide spring balance of oil-tempered, helical torsion springs.
Springs shall be compression type design to facilitate any counterbalance
maintenance. Adjustments shall be accessible from outside barrel. Cast iron
spring anchors shall transfer full spring loading to the barrel.
04.0 Brackets: Bracket plates for mounting the curtain and barrel assembly shall be
made from minimum 4,0 mm steel plate and attached to the wall angle of the
guide assembly with 12,0 mm hardened bolts.
05.0 Hood: Form to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism. Use
minimum 0,6 mm hot-dip galvanized, prime painted steel sheet (min. zink coating
275 g/ m2), or anodised aluminium sheets of 0,8 mm minimum thickness,
depending on curtain material.
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 06 02 04
ODAC
Operator
01.0 Provide chain drive for manual operation.
02.0 Provide single phase electric motor with built-in overload protection for voltage
indicated, inclusive transmission gear to allow for door travel of 15 to 30 cm per
second.
Safety devices:
- Adjustable friction clutch to protect door and operator if door movement is obstructed.
- Limit switches enclosed in electrical control box, easily accessible for precision setting.
- Floor operated disconnect or chain hoist for manual operation.
2 02 06 02 05
Finishing
01.0 Shop clean and prime all ferrous non galvanized metal with manufacturers
standard rust-inhibitive primer.
02.0 Galvanise (hot-dip) all ferrous metal after fabrication, min. thickness 350 g/m2
and apply one coat of primer.
03.0 Apply two finish coats of manufacturers standard enamel paint to galvanized and
primed curtain slats before assembling.
04.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules.
2 02 06 03
Overhead Coiling Fire Doors
2 02 06 03 01
General
Provide overhead coiling fire doors complying with Underwriters Laboratory (UL)
requirements for Class A doors or an equivalent requirement. They shall be tested
and labelled by an authorised and independent laboratory. Fire rating shall be as
2 02 06 03 02
Curtain Slats
Fabricate door curtain of interlocking slats. Use hot-dip galvanized steel sheets (min.
zinc-coating 275 g/m2) for fabrication of standard S- configuration slats. Apply one
coat of prime paint prior to roll-forming.
2 02 06 03 03
Jambs
01.0 Jamb guides: Steel angles or channels and angles with sufficient depth and
strength to retain curtain loading. Use sections not less than 4,0 mm thick. Slot
bolt holes for track adjustment.
02.0 Fix continuous wall angle with minimum 8 mm bolts at 75 cm distances, unless
closer spacing recommended by door manufacturer.
03.0 Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain and also allow
for curtain maintenance without removal of guides.
2 02 06 03 04
01.0 Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable steel helical torsion spring,
barrel deflection to max. 2,5 mm per meter of span under full load.
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
made from minimum 4,0 mm steel plate and attached to the wall angle of the
guide assembly with 12,0 mm hardened bolts.
minimum 0,6 mm hot-dip galvanized, prime painted steel sheet with min. zinc
coating of 275 g/ m2.
2 02 06 03 05
Operator
second.
Safety devices:
- Adjustable friction clutch to protect door and operator if door movement is
obstructed.
- Limit switches enclosed in electrical control box, easily accessible for precision
setting.
2 02 06 03 06
Automatic Closure
Automatic closing device to be initiated by:
01.0 Melting of fusible link
02.0 Smoke detector
03.0 Heat detector
04.0 Building alarm system
Starter mechanism shall transfer a portion of spring tension to door shaft, causing
curtain to close. Use bronze or any non-corrosive material for springs and pawls to
insure descent at any emergency case. Governor shall control descent in order to
avoid potential injuries. They shall be opened manually in case of emergency.
Governor and starter mechanism shall not interfere with normal door operation.
2 02 06 03 07
Finishing
01.0 Shop clean and prime all ferrous non-galvanized metal with manufacturers
standard rust inhibitive primer.
primed curtain slats before assembling.
2 02 06 04
Overhead Coiling Grilles
2 02 06 04 01
Door Curtain
Door Curtain shall consist of 8 mm aluminium rods; vertically spaced 5 cm, with
interlocking links spaced horizontally 15 cm maximum.
14
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 06 04 02
ODAC
Jamb Guides
Extruded aluminium guide with wool pile inserts to reduce noise. Fix continuous wall
angle with minimum 8 mm bolts at 75 cm distances, unless closer spacing
recommended by door manufacturer.
Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overt-ravel of curtain and also allow for
curtain maintenance without removal of guides.
2 02 06 04 03
01.0 Counterbalance curtain by means of adjustable steel, helical torsion spring,
02.0 Counterbalance barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot formed structural steel pipe
of sufficient size to support roll-up of curtain without distortion, and limit barrel
deflection to max. 2,5 mm per meter of span under full load.
made of minimum 4,0 mm steel plate and attached to the wall angle of the guide
assembly with 12,0 mm hardened bolts.
minimum 0,8 mm, clear anodised sheet aluminium and intermediate support
brackets as recommended by the manufacturer.
2 02 06 04 04
Operator
indicated, inclusive transmission gear to allow for curtain travel of 15 to 30 cm
per second.
Safety devices:
- Adjustable friction clutch to protect door and operator if door movement is obstructed.
- Limit switches enclosed in electrical control box, easily accessible for precision setting.
2 02 06 04 05
Finishing
01.0 Shop clean and prime all ferrous non galvanized metal with manufacturers
standard rust inhibitive primer.
03.0 Anodise curtain elements before assembling as indicated.
2 02 06 05
Overhead Coiling Counter Doors
2 02 06 05 01
Door Curtain
Fabricate door curtain of interlocking slats, of continuous length for width of door
without splices. Material thickness shall be manufacturers standard for the adequate
width.
Provide curtain slats as follows:
15
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
01.0 Use minimum 1,0 mm thick, anodised aluminium for fabrication of flat slats.
275 g/ m2) for fabrication of flat slats. Apply one coat of primer prior to rollforming.
03.0 Use minimum 0,8 mm thick stainless steel sheets for fabrication of flat slats.
End-locks: Provide security end-locks for doors wider than 3,50 m.
Bottom bar: Consisting of extruded aluminium, or galvanized and primed steel, or
stainless steel to suit type of curtain slats. Provide sliding lock bolt, lifting handle
(manual operation) and extruded vinyl astragal for sill protection.
2 02 06 05 02
Jamb Guides
Provide extruded aluminium sections, galvanized steel or stainless steel to suit the
type of curtain slats. Use wool pile inserts on both sides to reduce noise and slat wear.
Provide removable bell mouth stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain and also
allow for curtain maintenance without removal of guides.
2 02 06 05 03
01.0 Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable oil-tempered helical torsion spring,
grease-packed and mounted around a steel shaft. Springs shall be compression
type design to facilitate any counterbalance maintenance. Adjustments shall be
accessible from outside barrel.
barrel deflection to max. 2,5 mm per meter of span under full load. Spring end of
barrel shall be fitted with an easily removable plug disc bearing housing to
facilitate easy access to counterbalance assembly and bearing.
made from minimum 4,0 mm steel plate, formed to provide flanged mounting
surface for hood attachment and galvanized (hot dip) after fabrication. The drive
side bracket shall be fitted with a sealed ball bearing.
anodised aluminium sheets of 0,8 mm minimum thickness, or minimum 0,6 mm
2
hot-dip galvanized and prime painted steel sheet (min. zinc coating 275 g/ m ), or
minimum 0,6 mm stainless steel sheet, depending on curtain material.
2 02 06 05 04
Operator
01.0 Manual operation with lifting handle, doors greater than 3,0 m wide or 2,0 m high
shall be provided with crank operation.
second. Provide three button momentary contact on OPEN, CLOSE, STOP with
safety edge to reverse and open by overriding feature.
2 02 06 05 05
Finishing
primed curtain slats, jamb guides and hood before assembling.
02.0 Provide colours for painted and anodised finishes as indicated in schedules.
2 02 06 06
Overhead Coiling Counter Fire Doors
2 02 06 06 01
General
Overhead coiling counter fire doors shall comply with Underwriters Laboratory (UL)
requirements for Class A doors or an equivalent requirement. They shall be tested
16
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
and labelled by an authorised and independent laboratory. Fire rating shall be as

2 02 06 06 02
Curtain Slats
01.0 Fabricate door curtain of interlocking slats. Use hot-dip galvanized steel sheets
(min. zinc-coating 275 g/ m2) for fabrication of standard S- configuration slats.
Apply one coat of primer prior to roll-forming.
02.0 End-locks: Provide security end-locks for doors wider than 3,50 m.
03.0 Bottom bar: Consisting of galvanized and primed steel. Provide sliding lock bolt,
lifting handle (manual operation) and extruded vinyl astragal for sill protection.
2 02 06 06 03
Jamb Guides
Provide galvanized steel sections. Use inserts on both sides to reduce noise and slat
wear.
Provide removable bell mouth stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain and also
allow for curtain maintenance without removal of guides.
2 02 06 06 04
01.0 Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable oil-tempered helical torsion spring,
grease-packed and mounted around a steel shaft. Springs shall be compression
type design to facilitate any counterbalance maintenance. Adjustments shall be
accessible from outside barrel.
barrel deflection to max. 2,5 mm per meter of span under full load. Spring end of
barrel shall be fitted with an easily removable plug disc-bearing housing to
facilitate easy access to counterbalance assembly and bearing.
made from minimum 4,0 mm steel plate, formed to provide flanged mounting
surface for hood attachment and galvanized (hot dip) after fabrication. The drive
side bracket shall be fitted with a sealed ball bearing.
minimum 0,6 mm hot-dip galvanized and primed steel sheet (min. zinc coating
275 g/ m2).
2 02 06 06 05
Operator
01.0 Manual operation with lifting handles; doors greater than 3,0 m wide or 2,0 m
high shall be provided with crank operation.
second. Provide three button momentary contact on OPEN, CLOSE, STOP with safety
edge to reverse and open by overriding feature.
2 02 06 06 06
Automatic Closure
Automatic closing device to be initiated by:
01.0 Melting of fusible link
02.0 Smoke detector
03.0 Heat detector
04.0 Building alarm system
Starter mechanism shall transfer a portion of spring tension to door shaft, causing
curtain to close. Use bronze or any non-corrosive material for springs and pawls to
insure descent at any emergency case. Governor shall control descent in order to
17
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
avoid potential injuries. They shall be opened manually in case of emergency.

Governor and starter mechanism shall not interfere with normal door operation.
2 02 06 06 07
Finishing
01.0 Apply two finish coats of manufacturer's standard enamel paint to galvanized and
primed curtain slats, jamb guides and hood before assembling.
2 02 07
All-Glass Doors
Provide All-Glass doors of design, type and size indicated in drawings and schedules
2 02 07 01
Frames
2 02 07 01 01
General
01.0 Provide metal door frames of types and styles indicated on drawings and
schedules, complying with ANSI/SDI 100 or an equivalent Standard.
02.0 Fabricate metal door frames to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from
defects, warp or buckle. Accurately form metal according to schedules and
drawings to required sizes and profiles.
03.0 Frames shall consist of jambs, head and where applicable transom. Corners shall
be mitred and welded, or rigidly joined together by mechanical means.
Provide frames of material indicated in schedules.
04.0 The bases of frames shall be braced with adjustable base ties to hold the frames
rigid during transit and erection.
05.0 Fasteners: Each jamb shall be provided with three fastening devices, made of
galvanized mild steel of minimum thickness 1,5 mm. Fasteners shall be
concealed wherever possible. For exposed fastening provide countersunk flat
head screws.
2 02 07 01 02
Hardware Application
01.0 Mortar guards shall be welded in the frame where cut-outs are provided for lock
strike plates, bolts and hinges.
02.0 Hinges: Frames shall be prepared for mounting of screwed-on special hinges
with reinforcing plates of 2,5 mm minimum thickness, adjustable in 3 ways, and
fixed with countersunk screws.
03.0 Lock strike plates shall be adjustable and either galvanized or of stainless steel,
depending on framing material.
2 02 07 01 03
Fanlights
Provision shall be made for glazing fanlights of ceiling height frames by means of
beads and dry-glazing. Beads shall be fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickelplated or stainless steel screws, depending on framing material.
2 02 07 01 04
Gaskets
Provide pre-formed gaskets of neoprene or similar material acceptable to the
Engineer, on jambs, heads and if applicable for glazing of fanlights.
2 02 07 02
Door Leaves
Door leaves shall be made of fully tempered float glass of 10 mm thickness, produced
according to the requirements of DIN 1249 - 12 or an equivalent Standard. Any drilling
and cutting shall be done before tempering. All edges shall be bevelled and ground
smooth. Provide colours or pattern as indicated in schedules.
18
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 07 03
ODAC
Hardware
Provide doors with complete hardware as indicated in Hardware Schedule .
2 02 07 04
Glazing
01.0 Door leaf: see above!
02.0 Fanlight: Provide glazing if applicable as indicated in schedules .
2 02 07 05
Finish
01.0 Steel frames shall be zinc-coated with minimum thickness 15 micrometer and
treated with one coat of suitable priming paint.
02.0 Steel frames for humid areas shall be hot-dip galvanized with a minimum layer of
350 g/m2, complying with the requirements of ISO 1461 or an equivalent
Standard and treated with one coat of suitable priming paint.
03.0 Stainless Steel frames: As indicated in schedules.
04.0 Aluminium frames shall be either anodised with min. thickness 15 micrometer, or
powder organic coated with min. thickness 60 micrometer.
2 02 08
Folding Doors and Grilles
2 02 08 01
Accordion Folding Doors
2 02 08 01 01
Frame
Frame construction shall consist of galvanized steel hinge plates, welded to min. 5 mm
vertical steel rods with a single row at bottom and top, and intermediate rows at max.
1,0 m distances. Trolley pin of high tensile strength to be encased in hinge plate.
2 02 08 01 02
Finish
Any finish applied shall be flame retardant.
01.0 Heavy duty vinyl with woven fibre backing
02.0 Vertically ribbed carpet
03.0 Fabric backed with foam and polyester knit laminate
04.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules
2 02 08 01 03
Suspension System
Suspension system shall consist of continuous C-channel track of galvanized steel,
with factory finish, fixed to the existing structure. It may be recessed or surface
mounted as indicated in drawings. Frame shall be supported by ball bearing trolley
assemblies.
2 02 08 01 04
Sound Seals
01.0 Sound seals shall be pairs of flexible sweep strips at top and bottom. Lead posts
shall nest into an extended aluminium, foam-lined jamb.
02.0 Provide acoustical performance as indicated in schedules, based on STC or RW.
Doors shall be tested and labelled by an authorised and independent laboratory
in accordance with ASTM E90 or an equivalent Standard.
2 02 08 01 05
Hardware
Support system as defined above. Pull handle with integrated latch as manufacturers
standard application.
19
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
2 02 08 02
Panel Folding Doors
2 02 08 02 01
Folding Panels
Folding panels shall be made of min. 10 mm thick, high density particle board, in
widths between 15 and 35 cm, depending on width of door. They shall be continuously
connected (full height) by extruded vinyl hinges; colour-co-ordinate with panel finish.
2 02 08 02 02
Finish
01.0 Panel finish shall be factory applied wood grain vinyl laminate.
02.0 Colours and patterns will be chosen by the Engineer from manufacturers color
chart.
2 02 08 02 03
Suspension System
Suspension system shall consist of continuous C-channel track of galvanized steel,
with factory finish, fixed to the existing structure. It may be recessed or surfacemounted as indicated in drawings. Panels shall be supported by 2-wheel ball bearing
trolley assemblies mounted on each panel and a 4-wheel assembly on the lead post.
2 02 08 02 04
Hardware
Support system as defined above. Pull handle with integrated latch as manufacturers
standard application.
2 02 09
Sectional Overhead Doors

Provide sectional overhead doors of design, type and size indicated in drawings and
schedules.
2 02 09 01
Doors - Solid Sections
2 02 09 01 01
Door Curtain
Fabricate door curtain of flat or ribbed, smooth or embossed sections as indicated,
with roll-formed tongue and groove joint between sections for water tightness. They
shall be of continuous length for width of door without splices, designed to withstand
required wind load. Material thickness shall be manufacturers standard for the
adequate width.
Provide sections as follows:
275 g/ m2) for fabrication of approx. 5 cm thick standard sections. Apply one coat
of primer before roll forming.
02.0 Provide interior insulation of polystyrene or similar material with a U-value for the
panel of 0,2 W/ m2.K. Cover insulation with galvanized steel sheets similar to
sections.
275 g/ m2) for fabrication of approx. 5 cm thick sandwich sections with
polystyrene core. Apply one coat of primer before roll forming. Provide thermal
break for interlocking joints. Max U-value for the total installed set 0,2 W/m2.K.
Stiles:
End stiles and intermediate stiles to be min. 1,5 mm thick

galvanized steel, fixed to outside face with stainless steel rivets
and welded to interior rail.
Vision panels: Vision panels shall be of the indicated size and type of glass, set
into aluminium frame with snap-in glazing beads, or encased in
one piece vulcanised EPDM-rubber frame.
20
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 09 01 02
ODAC
Tracks
Tracks shall be of galvanized steel, min.5 cm deep depending on door size. They shall
be mounted by brackets or continuous angle, fully adjustable for sealing door to jamb.
2 02 09 01 03
Heavy duty oil-tempered wire torsion springs on continuous ball bearing cross header
shaft. Galvanized aircraft-type lifting cables with min. safety factor of 5 to 1.
2 02 09 01 04
Hardware
Hinges and brackets to be made from galvanized steel. Provide track rollers with ball
bearings and lock for standard profile-cylinder application.
2 02 09 01 05
Weather-stripping
Bottom of door shall have flexible U-shape vinyl seal in aluminium retainer. Perimeter
seals for jambs, header and between sections shall be provided for insulated doors
only, if not otherwise indicated.
2 02 09 01 06
Operator
01.0 Provide door handles on bottom section for push-up operation.
02.0 Provide chain hoist for manual operation.
second.
Safety devices:
- Adjustable friction clutch to protect door and operator if door movement is
obstructed.
- Limit switches enclosed in electrical control box, easily accessible for precision
setting.
2 02 09 01 07
Finishing
01.0 Exterior of door sections (sandwich sections both outer faces) shall have two
coats of manufacturers standard enamel paint over primer. Interior of sections
shall have one coat of enamel paint over primer.
2 02 09 02
Doors - Framed Sections
2 02 09 02 01
Door Curtain
01.0 Fabricate door curtain of extruded aluminium profiles with min. wall thickness of
1,5 mm. Meeting rails shall have offset interlocking joints to provide watertight
closure and assure alignment the full width of each section. Sections shall be
min. 5 cm thick. Sizes of profiles shall be defined by manufacturer for door width
and required wind load.
02.0 Panels: Solid panels shall be of min. 1,0 mm thick aluminium, held in place by
inside snap-in glazing beads of aluminium or vinyl material.
03.0 Glazing: Sections shall be factory pre-glazed with type of glass indicated in
schedule. Fix glass panes similar to aluminium panels.
2 02 09 02 02
Tracks
Tracks shall be of galvanized steel, min.5 cm deep depending on door size. They shall
be mounted by brackets or continuous angle, fully adjustable for sealing door to jamb.
21
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 09 02 03
ODAC
Heavy duty oil-tempered wire torsion springs on continuous ball bearing cross header
shaft. Galvanized aircraft-type lifting cables with min. safety factor of 5 to 1.
2 02 09 02 04
Hardware
Hinges and brackets shall be made from min. 2,0 mm thick galvanized steel. Provide
track rollers with ball bearings and lock for standard profile-cylinder application.
2 02 09 02 05
Weather-stripping
(1) Bottom of door shall have flexible U-shape vinyl seal in aluminium retainer.
(2) Provide perimeter seals for jambs, header and between sections of vinyl or similar
material.
2 02 09 02 06
Operator
01.0 Provide aluminium handles on bottom rail for push up operation.
02.0 Provide chain hoist for manual operation.
second.
Safety devices:
Adjustable friction clutch to protect door and operator if door movement is
obstructed.
Limit switches enclosed in electrical control box, easily
accessible for precision setting.
Floor operated disconnect or chain hoist for manual operation.
2 02 09 02 07
Finishing
01.0 Aluminium profiles and panels shall be mill finish.
02.0 Aluminium profiles and panels shall be anodised of min. 15 micrometer
thickness.
03.0 Aluminium profiles and panels shall be factory finished by means of powder
organic coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer.
2 02 10
Traffic Doors
2 02 10 01
Flexible Strip Doors

Curtain shall be made of high quality, clear PVC strips. Width and thickness of strips
shall be defined according to height of door; minimum size shall be 200 x 2 mm.
Doors for interior use shall overlap approx. 50 % of width (single overlap); exterior
doors approx. 90 - 100 % (double overlap).
01.0 Strips shall be suspended by a steel angle of min. 50 x 50 x 6 mm; angle shall be
hot dip galvanized after cutting and drilling.
02.0 Strips shall be suspended by hangmatic system. Each strip shall be provided
with a prefixed hanging plate with T-hangers. The top support channel shall have
cut-outs for easy hanging and exchanging strips. Steel elements shall be hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication.
2 02 10 02
Flexible Traffic Doors

Provide flexible traffic doors for light or heavy industrial use of design and sizes
indicated in schedules and drawings.
22
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 10 02 01
ODAC
Door panels
01.0 Door panels for light industrial-use, door sizes max. 2,5 x 2,5 m, shall be made of
min. 8 mm thick rubber, incorporating several layers of canvas for max. strength;
carcase shall be covered with min. 2 mm tough, high grade rubber for high
abrasion resistance.
02.0 Door panels for heavy industrial-use, and door sizes up to 3,5 x 3,5 m, shall be
made of min. 12 mm thick rubber, incorporating min. 4 layers of heavy canvas
for max. strength; carcase shall be covered with min. 2 mm tough, high grade
rubber for high abrasion resistance.
03.0 Vision panels shall be of clear PVC and set into panels with pressed steel
frames.
2 02 10 02 02
Frame
01.0 Frame for doors up to 2,5 x 2,5 m shall be min. 40 mm heavy steel tube of
cantilever construction for max. rigidity with flat steel extension to fix the rubber
panels
02.0 Frames for heavy industrial-use doors up to 3,5 x 3,5 m shall be of min. 60 mm
heavy steel tubes.
03.0 Spring mechanism shall be a separate unit sliding inside the vertical tube.
Strength of spring shall be manufacturers standard for the adequate door sizes.
04.0 Pivots: The weight of the doors shall be carried by thrust bearings at the bottom
and the turning motions supported by ball bearings at top and bottom.
2 02 10 02 03
Finish
01.0 Frame shall be primed and factory finished with manufacturers standard paint
finish.
02.0 Frame shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, primed and factory finished
with manufacturers standard paint finish.
03.0 Provide colors as indicated in schedules.
2 03
Fabrication
Fabricate special doors and frames to design and sizes indicated, in accordance with
approved shop drawings and in compliance with referenced standards.
2 03 01
01.0 Complete fabrication inclusive application of hardware and other work to the
metalwork before application of finishes. If finishes (anodization) are to be
applied before fabrication, careful handling is necessary to avoid any damage
and possible rejection on site.
02.0 Sizing: The profiles used for frames and doors shall be dimensioned adequately
to carry the loads of the individual door sizes. Use manufacturers tables for
dimensioning.
03.0 Welding: Fabricate steel frames with mitred corners and fully welded. Transoms
and mullions may be fastened by butt welding. Grind exposed welds smooth and
fully remove weld spatter and welding oxides. Restore mechanical finish. Avoid
distortion and discoloration on finished surfaces of stainless steel when welding.
04.0 Reinforcing: Install reinforcing as necessary for performance requirements and
for hardware application. Reinforcing plates for hinges shall be of minimum 2,5
mm thickness.
23
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
conceals wherever possible.
that any water and condensation can be drained to the exterior.
2 03 02
Shop Assembly
Any frames and doors shall be assembled completely in the shop and shall not be
dismantled for shipping.
2 03 03
Shop Finishing
2 03 03 01
General
All stainless steel, aluminium and wood doors and frames shall be shop finished. Steel
doors and frames shall be shop finished as indicated in the respective paragraphs and
2 03 03 02
2 03 04
Tolerances
Produce steel doors according to DIN 18203 - 2 or an equivalent Standard.
2 03 05
Inspections
24
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 3:
Execution
3 01
General Examination
ODAC
other trades supposed to be finished before starting of door installation.
3 02
General Preparation
Examine doors prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on site provided
Verify that doors comply with the requirements in schedules for type, size, location and
swing characteristic.
3 03
Installation
Install special doors, frames and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings,
manufacturers data and as herein specified.
Joints: Joints to surrounding construction shall be foamed and sealed as indicated in
drawings and schedules. Use adequate elastic sealing component complying with
ISO 11600 or an equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned and if necessary be
primed before filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar - see also detail
drawings.
3 03 02
Sliding Doors
01.0 Install doors and tracks complete with necessary hardware, anchors and inserts
in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturers written instructions.
Provide only fasteners of galvanized steel. For aluminium doors and tracks
provide fasteners of aluminium or stainless steel, and only stainless steel
fasteners for stainless steel doors and tracks.
02.0 Floor rails shall be fixed with galvanized fasteners at maximum 50 cm distances
with alternating sides to the substructure (i.e. concrete slab) before applying floor
finish. They shall not project more than 2 cm off the finish floor level.
03.0 Upon completion of installation, test and adjust doors to operate easily.
04.0 Check operation of automatic closing device for fire doors.
3 03 04
Security Doors
01.0 Install security doors strictly according to manufacturers instructions. Fasteners
shall be of galvanized steel.
02.0 Air gaps for burglar resistant doors on lock- and hinge side and on upper edge
shall not exceed 4 mm, and on the bottom edge shall not be more than 7 mm.
03.0 Install fire rated doors also in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 80 Standard.
3 03 05
Cold Storage Doors

Install these doors according to manufacturers instructions. Fix doors with minimum 3
non-corrosive fasteners each jamb. Fill the gaps to surrounding walls with foam and
provide damp-proof connection. Prepare joints to surrounding walls as indicated in
drawings.
25
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 03 06
ODAC
Overhead Coiling Doors and Grilles

01.0 Install door and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb
and head mould strips, anchors, inserts and hangers in accordance with final
shop drawings and manufacturers instructions.
02.0 Fire rated doors shall comply with installation requirements of NFPA 80 or an
03.0 Upon completion of installation lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily.
04.0 Check operation of automatic closing device for fire doors.
3 03 07
All-Glass Doors
01.0 Fix metal door frames for all-glass doors as specified in Section 8100.
02.0 Fit all-glass doors accurately to frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
03.0 Glass doors shall be taken off after installation and stored at a save and
convenient place - co-ordinate with the Engineer.
3 03 08
Folding Doors and Grilles

01.0 Install folding doors according to manufacturer's written instructions.
02.0 Install folding doors only after flooring has been finished.
03.0 Fix tracks strictly parallel to floor to allow smooth riding of bottom sweeps and
make sure that the required sound insulation is achieved.
3 03 09
Sectional Overhead Doors

01.0 Install door, track and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware,
jamb and head mould stops, anchors, inserts, hangers and equipment supports
in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturers written instructions.
02.0 Fasten vertical track assembly to framing at not less than 60 cm distances. Hang
horizontal track from structural support with angle or channel hangers, welded
and bold-fastened in place. Provide bracing and reinforcing as required for rigid
installation of track and door operating equipment.
03.0 Upon completion of installation lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily
and fit weather tight for the entire perimeter.
3 03 10
Traffic Doors
01.0 Install doors or flexible strips and operating equipment complete with necessary
hardware in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturers written
instructions.
02.0 Upon completion of installation, lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily.
3 05

Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames
undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition.
Clean doors and frames prior to final inspection and remove protective plastic
wrappings from pre-finished doors.
3 07
Protection
without damage at time of handing over. If necessary, or ordered by the Engineer,
remove door leaves and store it at a secure place.
26
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
27
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Part 4:
4 01
General
For doors, door frames with and without side- and fanlights the co-ordinating size
Double leaf doors or doors with side- or fanlights will be considered as one unit.
separately.
4 02
Door sets shall be enumerated. Fixing and fittings will deem to be included in the
items.
Hardware which is specified with the doors and all hardware for fire rated doors will
deem to be included with the items.
Operating equipment inclusive of all electric and electronic accessories, which are
specified with the door, will deem to be included with the items.
28
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 5:
Basis of Payment
5 01
General
ODAC
samples and mock-ups, co-ordinating work with other trades, checking, examination,
5 02

Setting of door frames, fitting and hanging of door leaves inclusive of all setting
materials, i.e. anchorages, bolts etc.
Establishing heights of finished floors with reference to installation locations.
Adjusting, cleaning and protection until final handing over.
Removal and storage of door leaves when so directed by the Engineer.
29
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Annex: General Information

7 01
Modular System
ISO 1040
Building construction - Modular Co-ordination - Multimodules for

horizontal co-ordinating dimensions.
ISO 1006
Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Basic module
ISO 1791
Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Vocabulary
ISO 2776
Modular co-ordination - Co-ordinating sizes for door sets - External and

internal
ISO 2848
Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Principles and rules
ISO 6513
Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Series of preferred

30
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
Division
Section
08400 - Entrances and Storefronts
Part 1:
General
1 01
Summary
materials, and performing all operations in connection with production and installation
of entrances and storefronts.
1 01 01
Section includes
01.0 One-story entrances and storefronts manufactured from formed or extruded
metals and glass components for exterior applications.
02.0 All-glass entrance doors
03.0 Automatic entrance doors
04.0 Revolving entrance doors
05.0 Balanced entrance doors
1 01 04
Related Sections
08300 Special Doors
08800 Glazing
16400 Service and Distribution
1 02
References
1 02 01
1 02 01 03
1 02 01 03 01

ISO 209 -
ISO 209 - 1: 89
ISO 209 - 2: 89
Forms of products
ISO 630: 95
Structural steels
ISO 657: 00
Hot rolled steel sections
ISO 683: 87-99
Heat treatable steels alloy steels and free cutting steels.
ISO 1461: 99
Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles

Specifications and Test methods.
ISO 3573: 99

qualities.
ISO 3574: 99
Cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing

qualities.
ISO 3575: 96
Continuous hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of

commercial, lock forming and drawing qualities.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1 02 01 06
1 02 01 07
1 02 02
ISO 3934: 78

vulcanizates used for sealing glazing and panels Specification
ISO 4586: 97
High Pressure Decorative Laminates
ISO 6361-
Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy sheets, strips and

plates.
ISO 6361-1: 86
ISO 6361-2: 90
ISO 6361-3: 85
ISO 6361-4: 88
ISO 6362 -

tubes and profiles.
ISO 6362 -2: 90
ISO 6362 -3: 01
Extruded bars - Tolerances on dimensions and form
ISO 6362 -4: 88
ISO 6362 -5: 01

form and dimensions
ISO 7599: 83
Anodising of aluminium and its alloys - General specification for

ISO 11600: 93
Building construction - Sealants and requirements
British Standards
BS 4255: 86(92)
Rubber used in preformed gaskets for weather exclusion from

buildings.
BS 6496: 84(91)
BS 6497: 84(91)
Specification for powder organic coatings to galvanized steel.
German Standards
DIN 4108-4: 98
Thermal insulation and energy conservation in buildings.

Characteristic values relating to thermal insulation and protection
against moisture.
DIN 16935: 86
Polyisobutylene (PIB) waterproofing sheets; requirements
DIN 18055: 81
Windows, air permeability of joints, water tightness, and

mechanical strain; requirements and testing
DIN 18203 - 2: 86
Codes
NFPA 101
1 02 03
ODAC
Life Safety Code
Other References
UL 325
Electric Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver and Window Operators and

Systems (US)
ZH 1/494
Regulations for power operated windows, doors and gates

(Germany)
UVV
Guide lines for accident-prevention (Germany)
VDE
VDE- Regulations (Germany)

2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
1 03
Definitions
1 03 01
Technical Terms
Balanced hardware - hardware specifically designed for balanced doors
Casement door - fully glazed panelled door.
Co-ordinating size (dimension) - a dimension of a co-ordinating space, which defines
the relative position of two or more components in an assembly according to the
characteristics of the components which are relevant to the assembly.
Door frame - the frame in which a door (door-leaf) is hung.
Door leaf - the movable part of a door without the frame.
Door closer - a door closer is a device, which ensures automatic closing of a door
after any manual opening.
Door closer regulator - device to ensure that the two leaves of a double door close in
the proper order.
Door set - an assembly including a fixed part (the door frame), one or more movable
parts (the door leaves) and their hardware. The function of which is to allow or to
forbid the access; the door set may include sill, over-panel and side panels.
Dry glazing - glazing with gaskets of moulded neoprene or similar material.
Finished floor - the level of the floor inclusive the final floor covering.
Flush door - door leaf that has both faces plane.
Flush panelled door - panelled door in which the panels finish flush with the stiles
and rails on one or both faces.
Glazed door - panelled door in which the panels are of glass or similar material.
Glass door - door with a door leaf made of glass.
Low-E - transparent coating applied to glass, which allow short-wave solar energy
transmittance, but reflect long wave room-side or outside energy back.
Mullion - intermediates vertical member in an opening or frame.
Night enclosure - solid enclosure for turnstiles to be used only during the night or at
times of non use (weekends etc.)
Panelled door - door leaf that has stiles and rails and the spaces in between filled
with panels.
Structural opening - the void within a wall or partition designed to receive a door set.
1 03 02
Abbreviations
BHMA
deg C
K-value
NFPA
Pa
UL
U-value
VDE
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association

Degree Celsius
National Fire Protection Association (US)
Pascal
Underwriters Laboratory (US)
Verein Deutscher Elektriker (Union of German Electricians)
1 04
System Description
1 04 02
Performance Requirements
01.0 Structural performance, air infiltration and water penetration shall comply with the
requirements of DIN 18055 or an equivalent Standard.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Entrances and storefronts shall meet the requirements of Stress Group A,

which equals a wind load of 150 Pa, unless otherwise indicated. A
manufacturers stock assembly, similar to the specified system, shall be tested by
an authorised and independent laboratory. Provide a structural calculation for the
specified storefront system, based upon manufacturers shop drawings.
02.0 Thermal movement: Design the entrance and storefront systems to provide for
expansion and contraction of the component materials. Entrance doors shall
function normally over the specified temperature range.
The system shall be capable of withstanding a temperature range of 100 deg C
without buckling, failure of joint seals, undue stress on structural elements,
damaging loads on fasteners, reduction of performance, stress on glass or other
detrimental effects.
03.0 Thermal transmittance: Provide framing systems that meet the requirements of
DIN 4108 - 4 and are classified as Frame Material Group 2.2 with a U-value of
less than 3,5 W/m2 K or as otherwise indicated. Only metal framing systems with
thermal break construction are acceptable.
Provide double-glazing with a U-value of less than 3,0 W/m2 K or as otherwise
indicated. For further requirements for glazing see Section 8800 Glazing.
04.0 Performance requirements shall be demonstrated by testing manufacturers stock
assemblies according to test methods indicated.
1 05
Submittals
section 01300.
1 05 01
Product Data
Provide product data for each type of entrance and storefront system including:
- Manufacturers standard details and fabrication methods.
- Data on finishing, hardware and accessories.
- Data on operators, safety devices and wiring diagrams (automatic doors)
- Recommendation for maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces.
referenced standards, and/ or requirements of local authorities.
1 05 02
Shop Drawings
Shop drawings are required for each entrance and storefront system, including:
- Layout and installation details, including relationship to adjacent work.
- Elevations at 1:100 scale.
- Detail sections of typical composite members.
- Anchors and reinforcement.
- Hardware mounting heights.
- Provisions for expansion and contraction.
- Glazing details.
1 05 03
Samples
01.0 Samples for initial selection purposes:
Submit samples in form of manufacturers colour charts showing full range of
colours or patterns available for factory-finished surfaces.
02.0 Samples for verification purposes:
Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required,
prepared on samples not less than 10 by 15 cm, or 15 cm long sections of the
same material indicated for the final unit of work.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
03.0 The Engineer reserves the right to request additional samples, that show
fabrication techniques and workmanship, and design of hardware and
accessories.
1 05 04

Assurance')
1 05 05 02
Operation & Maintenance Data

Provide schedule and data for maintenance of hardware and automatic opening and
closing devices and recommendations for cleaning of the exterior.
1 06
Quality Assurance
1 06 01
Qualifications
1 06 01 01
1 06 01 02
Qualifications of Fabricators
The producing company shall have experience in manufacturing systems that are
similar to those indicated for this project and that have a record of successful inservice performance.
1 06 01 03
1 06 04
Quality Control
1 06 04 01

Single source responsibility: Obtain entrance and storefront systems from one source
and from a single manufacturer only.
1 07
1 07 01

Deliver entrances and storefront systems cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide
protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent
damage to finish of factory-finished elements.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1 07 02
ODAC

Entrances and storefront systems at building site shall be kept under cover. Place
units or elements on minimum 10 cm high wood blocking in a manner that prevents
bending and avoids significant or permanent damage. Avoid use of non-vented plastic
or canvas shelters, which could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper
becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 2:
Products
2 01
Materials
2 01 01
Steel
ODAC
Structural steel for entrances and storefront systems shall comply with the
requirements of ISO 630 and 657 or equivalent Standards.
Steel for panels and linings shall comply with ISO 3573 and 3574, respectively ISO
3575 or equivalent Standards.
Steel sections for frames and doors shall comply with ISO 657 or an equivalent
Standard.
Steel members used for external application shall be hot-dip galvanized, min. layer
350 g/m2, complying with ISO 1461 or an equivalent Standard. Apply one coat of
adequate primer to galvanized surfaces.
Provide powder organic coating to galvanized steel as indicated according to BS 6497
2 01 02
Aluminium
01.0 Extruded profiles and plates of aluminium or aluminium-alloys for entrances and
storefronts shall comply with the requirements of ISO 209, ISO 6361 and ISO
6362 or equivalent Standards.
02.0 All externally used aluminium shall have an anodised finish of min. thickness 15
micrometer unless otherwise indicated, complying with ISO 7599 or an
03.0 Alternatively it may be coated by means of powder organic coating complying
with BS 6496 or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 03
Stainless Steel
Stainless steel for entrances and storefront systems shall comply with the
requirements of ISO 683 or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 05
Laminates
Laminates for panels shall comply with ISO 4586 or an equivalent Standard.
2 01 06
Gaskets
2 01 07
Glass
For specification of glass see Section 8800 Glazing.
2 02
Steel Entrances and Storefronts

Provide an entrance and storefront framing system according to designs and sizes
shown on drawings and schedules. Elements for a storefront system shall be from one
manufacturer only.
2 02 01
Framing System
System shall be made from hollow steel profiles and sections. Sizes of profiles and
thickness of material shall be determined by structural calculation. Use only
components with thermal break construction. Inner and outer elements of stiles and
rails shall be separated by an insulation core of Hard-PVC or similar material. Fixing of
the outer element shall be concealed. Screws shall be galvanized or stainless steel.
Gaskets for glazing and solid panels shall be of neoprene or equivalent material
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 02
ODAC
Solid Panels
Provide flush panels where indicated with U-values of max 2,0 W/m2 k.
Provide panels as sandwich elements with a rigid insulation core of polyurethane or
similar material and a finish on both sides of:
01.0 Decorative high-pressure laminates (HPL), classification VG (vertical general
purpose), and minimum nominal thickness 1,0 mm.
02.0 Galvanized steel sheets, minimum thickness 1,0 mm.
2 02 03
Glazing
Glass below 1,8 m above finished floor should be of tempered glass. If an alarm
system is supposed to be installed, tempered glass is a better solution anyway.
Provide glazing as follows;
01.0 Provide tempered float-glass of min. thickness 6 mm.
02.0 Provide insulating glass of tempered float-glass, each pane of 6 mm thickness,
with 12 mm airspace.
03.0 Provide additional 'Low-E' coating for insulating glass.
04.0 Provide additional 'Reflective Coating' for insulating glass of performance
indicated.
2 02 04
Doors (hinged)
01.0 Door frames and doors (stiles and rails) shall be from tubular steel members,
specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets.
02.0 Steel members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum; jambs, heads,
stiles and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, and bottom rails 150 mm wide. Material
thickness shall be not less than 1,5 mm.
03.0 Stops and beads: Glazing stops shall be integral with the frame. Glazing beads
shall have rounded edges, mitred corners, and be fixed either with countersunk ,
oval-headed, stainless steel or nickel-plated screws, or by clip-on method.
04.0 Weather-stripping: For exterior doors provide compression weather-stripping.
Furnish bottom door rail with adjustable gasket to maintain contact with
threshold.
2 02 05
Hardware
Provide hardware according to Hardware Schedules - see Section 8700 Hardware
2 02 06
Finishing
Frames, doors and panels shall be factory finished by means of powder organic
coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer.
Provide colours as indicated in schedules.
2 03
Aluminium Entrances and Storefronts

Provide an entrance and storefront framing system according to design and sizes
manufacturer only.
2 03 01
Framing System
Framing system shall be from extruded aluminium members. Sizes of profiles and
thickness of material shall be determined by structural calculation. Use only
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
components with thermal break construction. Inner and outer elements of stiles and
rails shall be separated by an insulation core of Hard-PVC or similar material. Fixing
of the outer element shall be concealed. Gaskets for glazing and solid panels shall be
of neoprene or equivalent material acceptable to the Engineer.
2 03 02
Solid Panels
Provide flush panels where indicated with U-values of max 2,0(W/m2.K.)
02.0 Aluminium sheets, minimum thickness 1,0 mm.
2 03 03
Glazing
indicated.
2 03 04
Doors (hinged)
01.0 Door frames and doors (stiles and rails) shall be from extruded aluminium
sections, specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets
02.0 Aluminium members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum; Jambs,
heads, stiles and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, and bottom rails 150 mm wide.
Material thickness shall be not less than 2,0 mm.
shall have mitred corners, and be fixed by clip-on method.
04.0 Thresholds: Provide thresholds of extruded aluminium in mill finish, complete with
anchors, co-ordinated with pivots and floor-concealed closers.
05.0 Weather-stripping: For exterior doors, provide compression weather-stripping.
threshold.
06.0 Glazing: see above!
2 03 05
Hardware
2 03 06
Finishing
Storefront system members and doors shall be factory finished as follows:
01.0 Anodised finish of min. thickness 15 micrometer; colour as indicated in
schedules.
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
02.0 Powder organic coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer; colour as indicated

in schedules.
2 04
Stainless Steel Entrances and Storefronts

Provide an entrance and storefront framing system according to design and sizes
manufacturer only.
2 04 01
Framing System
Framing system shall be from hollow stainless steel profiles and sections. Sizes of
profiles and thickness of material shall be determined by structural calculation. Use
only components with thermal break construction. Inner and outer elements of stiles
and rails shall be separated by an insulation core of Hard-PVC or similar material.
Fixing of the outer element shall be concealed. Screws shall be of stainless steel only.
Gaskets for glazing and solid panels shall be of neoprene or equivalent material
2 04 02
Solid Panels
Provide flush panels where indicated with U-values of max 2,0 W/m2 k.
02.0 Stainless steel sheets, minimum thickness 1,0 mm.
2 04 03
Glazing
indicated.
2 04 04
Doors (hinged)
01.0 Door frames and doors (stiles and rails) shall be from tubular stainless steel
members, specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets of neoprene.
02.0 Stainless steel members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum;
Jambs, heads, stiles and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, and bottom rails 150
mm wide. Material thickness shall be not less than 1,5 mm.
shall have mitred corners, and fixed either with countersunk, oval-headed
stainless steel screws, or by clip-on method.
threshold.
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 04 05
ODAC
Hardware
2 04 06
Finish
Provide surface finish as indicated in schedules.
2 04 07
All-Glass Entrances
Provide all-glass entrances of types, designs and sizes indicated in drawings and
schedules inclusive of accessories.
2 04 08
Glass
Use only tempered float-glass of minimum 10 mm thickness. All edges shall be
bevelled and ground smooth - see also Section 8800 Glazing.
2 04 09
Hardware
01.0 Fittings: Fittings for the assembly shall be from one manufacturer. They shall only
be used within the load limits given by the manufacturer.
02.0 Locks: Locks shall be similar in shape and finish to the fittings - see Hardware
Schedule for details.
03.0 Surface mounted hardware like handles, knobs and push bars shall be of the
same finish as fittings and locks or as otherwise indicated - see Hardware
Schedule.
04.0`Provide hardware of materials as follows:
04.1 aluminium
04.2 stainless steel
04.3 brass
2 04 10
Finishing
Provide hardware with finishes indicated in schedules.
2 06
Revolving Entrance Doors

Provide revolving doors of types, designs, materials and sizes indicated in drawings
and schedules inclusive accessories.
2 06 01
Shaft
01.0 Solid steel shaft with steel base plate
02.0 Extruded aluminium shaft with steel base plate
2 06 02
Doors
Doors shall be aluminium-framed, glazed with tempered float glass having sealing
brushes all around. For transportation or ventilation purposes two leaves shall be
foldable towards the central column.
01.0 Four door leaves
02.0 Three door leaves
2 06 03
Ceiling
Provide fixed ceiling of water resistant particleboard with melamine-resin finish.
Canopy shall be circular and have aluminium lining similar to the side walls.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
01.0 Provide 4 (3) recessed halogen ceiling lights, 20 Watts each; colours to match
the ceiling surface or as indicated in schedules.
02.0 Provide waterproofing for the deck; top of canopy shall be 10 cm higher than
waterproofing level.
2 06 04
Side walls
01.0 Solid side walls of curved and tempered float-glass, minimum thickness 10 mm,
with aluminium profile along the bottom, vertical glass edges secured with
supporting aluminium posts.
02.0 Solid side walls of curved aluminium-double wall, minimum 20 mm thick, filled
with insulating material, vertical edges enclosed by supporting aluminium posts.
2 06 05
Night Enclosure
Night enclosure outside shall close the access to the turnstile. It shall be
manufacturers standard application and will be operated manually. Provide as follows:
01.0 none
02.0 Aluminium-framed tempered float-glass
03.0 Manufacturer's aluminium system
2 06 06
Flooring
01.0 Flooring within the door area will be done by others.
02.0 Provide floor ring of galvanized steel and install to finished floor level.
03.0 Provide floor mats within indicated area of material, pattern and color indicated in
schedules.
2 06 07
Glazing
01.0 Provide fully tempered float-glass of min. 6 mm thickness
02.0 Provide fully tempered, tinted float-glass of min. 6 mm thickness
03.0 Colours will be selected by the Engineer according to manufacturer's charts
2 06 08
Hardware
Provide heavy duty deadlocks, accepting standard profile cylinder. Cylinder will be
specified under Section Hardware.
2 06 09
Emergency Devices
Doors indicated as means of egress shall have emergency devices complying with the
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, or as otherwise indicated in schedules.
2 06 10
Finishing
Any visible aluminium surfaces shall be factory finished as follows:
01.0 Anodised finish of minimum thickness 20 micrometer; colour as indicated in
schedules.
in schedules.
2 07
Balanced Entrance Doors

Provide balanced entrance doors of types and designs and sizes indicated in drawings
and schedules. They shall be integral Balanced Door units and consist of doors,
jambs, frames, threshold, operating mechanism and all finish hardware.
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Components for balanced entrance doors shall be from one manufacturer only (single
source).
2 07 01
Balanced Steel doors

01.0 Fabricate door frames and doors (stiles and rails) from hot rolled steel sections,
specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets of neoprene or similar material,
approved by the Engineer.
thickness shall be not less than 2,0 mm for door leaves and 1,5 mm for frames.
03.0 Joints: Corners shall be mitred and welded . Welds shall be ground smooth
before surface treatment. Maintain accurate relationship of planes and angles.
shall have mitred corners, and be fixed either with countersunk, oval-headed
nickel plated screws or by clip-on method.
05.0 Thresholds: Provide thresholds of stainless steel in satin-finish, complete with
anchors and co-ordinated with operating devices and door closers.
Furnish bottom door rail with an adjustable gasket to maintain contact with
threshold.
07.0 Finish: Frames and doors shall be factory finished by means of powder organic
coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer; colour as indicated in schedules.
2 07 02
Balanced Aluminium Doors

01.0 Fabricate door frames and doors (stiles and rails) from extruded aluminium
sections, specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets of neoprene or similar
material, approved by the Engineer.
02.0 Aluminium members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum; jambs,
heads, stiles and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, and bottom rails 150 mm wide.
Material thickness shall be not less than 2,5 mm.
03.0 Joints: Corners shall be mitred and fixed by mechanical means, using heavy
inserted reinforcing plates. Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles with
hairline fit of contacting members.
shall have mitred corners, and fixed by clip-on method.
05.0 Thresholds: Provide thresholds of extruded aluminium in mill finish, complete with
threshold.
07.0 Finishing: Doors and frames shall be factory finished as indicated in schedules.
Anodised finish shall be of minimum thickness 20 micrometer.
Powder organic coating shall be of minimum thickness 60 micrometer.
2 07 03
Balanced Stainless Steel Doors

01.0 Fabricate door frames and doors (stiles and rails) from stainless steel sections,
specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets of neoprene or similar material,
approved by the Engineer.
thickness shall be not less than 2,0 mm for doors and 1,5 mm for frames.
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
03.0 Joints: Corners shall be mitred and welded . Welds shall be grounded smooth
before surface treatment. Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles.
shall have mitred corners, and fixed either with countersunk, oval-headed
stainless steel screws or by clip-on method.
05.0 Thresholds: Provide thresholds of stainless steel in satin-finish, complete with
threshold.
07.0 Provide surface finish as indicated in schedules.
2 07 04
Hardware
Balanced Hardware shall consist of the following items:
01.0 Cast bronze or aluminium hydraulic check, concealed in the head jamb with two
speeds. It shall be removable without removal of door, head frame or any other
hardware. Closer arms are not acceptable.
02.0 Heavy-duty steel tube hinge with a minimum shaft diameter of 40 mm. Hinge
shaft shall be completely furnished with adjustable spring closing mechanism.
Top and bottom arms shall be one piece bronze casting and welded to hinge
shaft.
03.0 Roller bumper located in the guide channel.
04.0 Pivot points with ball- or roller bearings.
05.0 Means for proper field adjustment of leave clearances.
06.0 Semi-automatic hold open device located in the bottom rail.
07.0 Provide all other finish hardware according to Hardware Schedule - see Section
8800 Hardware.
2 07 05
Glazing
Provide glazing as follows; see also Section 08800 'Glazing'
2 07 06
Barrier Free Entrances

Doors designed as handicapped entrances shall have a maximum of 4 kg of spring
tension adjustment at pull handle. Hydraulic door check shall have a delayed closing
action, settable up to 20 seconds.
2 08
Automatic Entrance Doors
2 08 01
Automatic Hinged Doors

Provide automatic swing doors of types, designs, materials and sizes indicated in
drawings and schedules, including door operators, operator controls and accessories.
2 08 01 01
Doors and Frames

01.0 Fabricate door frames and doors (stiles and rails) specially moulded to receive
replaceable gaskets of neoprene or similar material approved by the Engineer
14
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
from material indicated in schedules. For steel and stainless steel tubular
members shall be used. Aluminium frames shall be made of extruded sections.
02.0 Members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum; jambs, heads, stiles
and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, bottom rails 150 mm wide. Material thickness
shall be not less than 1,5 mm for steel and stainless steel members, and 2,0 mm
for aluminium sections.
03.0 Welding (steel): Corners shall be mitred and welded, transoms and mullions may
be fastened by butt welding. Grind exposed welds smooth to remove weld spatter
and welding oxides.
04.0 Joints (aluminium): Corners shall be mitred and fixed by mechanical means,
using heavy inserted reinforcing plates. Maintain accurate relation of planes and
angles with hairline fit of contacting members.
shall have mitred corners, and fixed either with countersunk , oval-headed,
stainless steel or nickel-plated screws, or by clip-on method.
threshold.
2 08 01 02
Door Operator
01.0 Capacity: Provide electro-hydraulic swing door operator of size recommended by
manufacturer for door size, weight and type of occupancy indicated.
02.0 Provide electric motor with adequate capacity and for voltage indicated.
03.0 Adjustment: Provide operators which are fully adjustable for opening, closing and
checking speeds and length of time door remains open.
04.0 Casing: Provide aluminium casing; colour as indicated in schedules.
2 08 01 03
Control and Safety System

01.0 Provide Infra-red Motion Detecting Control System composed of an infra-red
sensing device to activate door operator and a sensor mat in the swept zone of
the door to prevent door from closing and opening until swept zone is clear of
traffic. Sensing device shall be adjustable to provide detection patterns and
sensitivity.
02.0 Alternate: Provide Micro-wave Scanner Motion Detecting Control System similar
to the Infra-red System.
03.0 Alternate: Provide Radar Motion Detecting Control System similar to the Infra-red
System.
04.0 Electrical Interlocks: Provide electrical interlocks to prevent operation of the unit
when door is locked by latch or dead bolts.
2 08 01 04
Emergency Devices
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
2 08 01 05
Finishing
Frames and doors shall be factory finished as indicated in schedules.
01.0 Steel: powder organic coating of min. thickness 60 micrometer.
02.0 Aluminium: Either anodising of min. thickness 20 micrometer or powder organic
coating of min. thickness 60 micrometer
03.0 Stainless steel: As indicated in schedules
15
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 08 01 06
ODAC
Glazing
Provide glazing as follows; see also Section 08800 'Glazing'
2 08 02
Automatic Sliding Doors

Provide aluminium-glass automatic sliding doors of types, designs and sizes indicated
in drawings and schedules including door operators, control devices and accessories.
They shall comply with German VDE- and UVV-Regulations or equivalent Standards.
They shall be tested and labelled by an independent laboratory.
2 08 02 01
Frames and Doors

01.0 Manufacturers standard extruded aluminium sections for frames and doors shall
comply with DIN 1745 or an equivalent Standard. Stiles shall be made of slimline profiles.
02.0 Weather-stripping: Full weather-stripping is required for external doors.
Thresholds shall be less than 10 mm high.
03.0 Fasteners: Provide aluminium, stainless steel, or other non-corrosive metal
fasteners compatible with aluminium. Do not use exposed fasteners.
04.0 Gaskets: Use preformed gaskets of rubber material complying with ISO 3934 or
05.0 Glazing: Provide tempered float-glass of min. thickness 10 mm; colours as
indicated in schedules - see also Section 8800 Glazing.
2 08 02 02
Door Operators
Provide door operator adequate for size and weight of doors, with microprocessorcontrolled functions and built-in safety systems. The electronics shall enable the
following basic functions:
OFF, AUTOMATIC, WAY OUT, OPEN
Off shall include an automatic locking of door leaves.
In case of power failure the unlocked door shall open by itself.
Opening and closing speeds shall be adjustable within a range of 20 to 60 cm/sec.
Casing shall be of aluminium and allow easy access to operator for maintenance
purposes.
2 08 02 03

Provide an Infra-red Motion Detecting Control System to activate the door operator.
Provide a photocell barrier to prevent door from closing until sliding area is clear of
traffic and a sensing device along the door edges which reverses the movement if it
meets an obstacle.
Alternate: Provide a Micro-wave Scanner Motion Detecting Control System to activate
the door operator.
Alternate: Provide a Radar Motion Detecting Control System to activate the door
operator.
2 08 02 04
Emergency Devices
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, or as otherwise indicated.
16
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 08 02 05
ODAC
Finishing
Any visible aluminium surfaces shall be factory finished as indicated in schedules.
They shall either be anodised of minimum thickness 20 micrometer or powder organic
coated of minimum thickness 60 micrometer.
2 08 03
Automatic Revolving Doors

Provide automatic revolving doors of types, designs, materials and sizes indicated in
drawings and schedules inclusive door operators, safety devices and accessories.
They shall comply with ZH 1/494 and VDE 0700-Part 238 or an equivalent
Standards. They shall be tested and labelled by an independent laboratory.
2 08 03 01
Central Unit
The central unit shall consist of a column with base plate, containing the complete
operator.
2 08 03 02
Doors
Four (4) swinging door leaves, aluminium-framed, glazed with tempered float-glass,
with sealing brushes all around. For transportation or ventilation purposes these
leaves shall be foldable towards the central column.
2 08 03 03
Ceiling
Provide revolving ceiling of water resistant particleboard with melamine-resin finish.
Canopy shall be circular and have aluminium lining similar to the side walls.
01.0
Provide 4 recessed halogen ceiling lights, 20 Watts each; colours to
match the ceiling surface or as indicated in schedules.
02.0
Provide waterproofing for the deck; top of canopy shall be min. 10 cm
higher than waterproofing level.]
2 08 03 04
Side walls
01.0 Solid side walls of curved and tempered float-glass, minimum thickness 10mm,
with aluminium profile along the bottom, vertical glass edges secured with
supporting aluminium posts.
02.0 Solid side walls of curved aluminium-double wall, minimum 20 mm thick, filled
with insulating material, vertical edges enclosed by supporting aluminium posts.
2 08 03 05
Night Enclosure Outside

Night enclosure outside shall close the access to the turnstile. It shall be
manufacturers standard application and will be operated manually. Provide as follows:
01.0 Aluminium framed, tempered float-glass
02.0 Manufacturers aluminium system
2 08 03 06
Flooring
01.0 Flooring within the door area will be done by others
02.0 Provide galvanized steel floor-ring and install level with finished floor
03.0 Provide floor mats of indicated material, colour and pattern
2 08 03 07
Glazing
Provide tempered float-glass of min. thickness 6 mm; colour as indicated in schedules
2 08 03 08
Door Operator
Provide door operator adequate for size and weight of doors, with microprocessorcontrolled functions and built-in safety systems. The electronics shall enable the
17
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
following basic functions:

LOCKED
ODAC
AUTOMATIC I - AUTOMATIC II - STOP -
Automatic I: Door starts revolving as soon as a person reaches the controlled zone
and stops again after an adjustable time.
Automatic II: Door revolves approximately one time per minute and raises the speed
to three times per minute as soon as a person reaches the controlled
zone.
Speed is reduced again after an adjustable time.
Stop: The door stops.
Locked: The turnstile is blocked mechanically.
In case of power failure the unlocked door shall open by itself.
Opening and closing speeds shall be adjustable within a range of 20 to 60 cm/sec.
Casing shall be of aluminium and allow easy access to operator for maintenance
purposes.
2 08 03 09

Provide an Infra-red Motion Detecting Control System on both sides to activate the
door operator. Provide sensors recognising any obstacles or persons being overtaken
by the turnstile and reduce the revolving speed. The system shall stop if there is either
pressure to the following leaf or towards the two fixed edges of the enclosure. It shall
continue after obstacles are removed.
If the power supply fails, door leaves shall be manually foldable to allow passage.
Alternate: Provide a Micro-wave Scanner Motion Detecting Control System to activate
the door operator.
Alternate: Provide a Radar Motion Detecting Control System to activate the door
operator.
2 08 03 10
Electrical Installation
Provide control board in separate casing containing all control elements.
2 08 03 11
Emergency Devices
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, or as otherwise indicated.
2 08 03 12
Finishing
Any visible aluminium surfaces shall be factory finished as follows:
01.0 Anodised finish of minimum thickness 20 micrometer; colour as indicated in
schedules.
in schedules.
2 10
Fabrication
Fabricate entrance and storefront components to design and sizes of approved shop
drawings and in compliance with indicated standards
2 10 01
metalwork before application of finishes. If finishes (anodization) have to be
and possible rejection on the site.
The profiles used for entrances and storefronts shall be dimensioned adequately
to carry the loads of the individual door sizes or to withstand the indicated wind
loads. Use manufacturers tables for dimensioning.
02.0 Welding: Fabricate steel frames with mitred corners and continuous welds.
Transoms and mullions may be fastened by butt welding. Grind exposed welds
18
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
smooth and thoroughly remove weld spatter and welding oxides. Restore
mechanical finish. Avoid distortion and discoloration on finished surfaces of
stainless steel when welding.
03.0 Reinforcing: Install reinforcing as necessary for performance requirements and
for hardware application. Reinforcing plates for hinges shall be of minimum 2,5
mm thickness.
that any water and condensation can be drained to the outside.
08.0 Joints: Provide joints within storefront systems sufficient in size and number to
allow for thermal expansion.
2 10 02
Shop Assembly
Framing system for storefronts may be assembled only on site. Any entrance doors
shall be assembled completely in the shop and dismantled for shipping only if size or
weight does not allow shipping.
2 10 03
Shop Finishing
2 10 03 01
General
Framing system elements as well as entrance units shall be shop finished as
described in paragraph 2 03. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any damage while
shipping to the site.
2 10 03 02
2 10 04
Tolerances
Produce steel and aluminium elements according to DIN 18203 - 2 or an equivalent
Standard.
2 10 05
Inspections
19
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Part 3: Execution
3 01
General Examination
other trades supposed to be finished before starting of installation.
3 02
General Preparation
Examine system components, doors, frames and hardware as well as substrates and
supports prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on site provided
Verify that elements and installation tolerances comply with the requirements in
drawings and schedules.
3 03
Installation
01.0 General: Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp of framing
members, doors or panels. Install components in proper alignment and
relationship to established lines and grades indicated. Provide proper support
and anchor securely in place.
02.0 Construction tolerances: Install storefronts and entrances to comply with the
following tolerances:
Variation from plane:
Do not exceed 3,0 mm in 4,0 m of length or 6,0 mm in
any total length.
Offset from alignment: The maximum offset from true alignment between two
identical members abutting end to end in line shall not exceed 1,5 mm.
03.0 Dissimilar metals: Separate aluminium and other corrodible metal surfaces from
sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials.
Galvanise steel anchors and other unexposed fasteners after fabrication.
Paint dissimilar metals where drainage from them passes over aluminium.
Paint aluminium surfaces on contact with mortar, concrete or other masonry with
alkali-resistant coating.
04.0 Joints: Joints to surrounding construction shall be filled with insulating material of
mineral fibre or foam and sealed as indicated in drawings and schedules.
04.1 Use adequate elastic sealing component complying with ISO 11600 or an
equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned and if necessary be primed before
filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar.
04.2 Use sealing foil of Polyisobutylene complying with DIN 16935 or a similar
material acceptable to the Engineer.
05.0 Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. Allow 6 mm clearance to
finish floor level.
In case floor finish is not yet completed, door leaves shall be taken off and stored
at a safe and convenient place - co-ordinate with the Engineer.
06.0 Hardware: Drill and tap frames and doors to apply surface-mounted hardware
items. Comply with hardware manufacturers instructions and template
requirements. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible.
07.0 Operators: Install door operators and control systems including wiring according
to manufacturers instructions. Power supply will be available at the installation
point.
20
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 05
ODAC

Check and readjust operating hardware items, door operators and control systems,
leaving doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition.
Clean all components prior to final inspection and remove protective plastic wrappings
from pre-finished elements.
Clean glass surfaces complying with requirements contained in section 8800 Glazing.
3 06
Demonstration
Installer or manufacturer shall demonstrate handling and maintenance of all automaticoperated doors to Clients personnel.
3 07
Protection
Protect entrances and storefronts as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that
they are without damage at time of Substantial Completion. If necessary, or as
requested by the Engineer, remove door leaves and store at a secure place until the
completion of other related works.
21
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Part 4: Method of Measurement

4 01
General
For storefronts the structural opening shall be taken as basis for measurement.
Doors will be measured within the clear opening of structural storefront members.
In cases of factory pre-glazed units and if glass is specified to be supplied with the
door or storefront, the glass will not be measured separately.
Hardware, door operators and control devices which are specified to be supplied with
the door will not be measured separately.
4 02
Storefront systems will be measured by area (m2).
Any type of door assembly will be enumerated.
22
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Part 5: Basis of Payment

5 01
General
material, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, labour,
5 02

Setting of storefront system and door frames, fitting and hanging of door leaves and
all setting materials.
Wiring of door operators and checking devices.
Establishing heights of finished floors with reference to installation locations.
Adjusting, cleaning and protection of the works until final handing over .
23
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 08500 Metal Windows
Division
Section
08500 - Metal Windows
Part 1:
General
1 01
Summary
installation of metal windows.
1 01 01
Section includes
01.0 Side hung (turn) windows
02.0 Bottom hung (tilt) windows
03.0 Turn and tilt windows
04.0 Pivoted windows
05.0 Sliding windows
1 01 04
Related Sections
05500 Metal Fabrication
08700 Hardware
08800 Glazing
1 02
References
1 02 01
1 02 01 03
1 02 01 03 01

ISO 209
ISO 209 - 1: 89
ISO 209 - 2: 89
Forms of products
ISO 1461: 99
Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles

Specifications and Test method.
ISO 3934: 78 Rubber building gaskets - Materials in
performed solid
ISO 6612: 80
Windows and door height windows - Wind resistance test
ISO 6613: 80
Windows and door height windows - Air permeability test
ISO 6362 -

tubes and profiles.
ISO 6362 -2: 90
ISO 6362 -3: 01
Extruded rectangular bars -Tolerances on shape and dimensions
ISO 6362 -4: 88

1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1 02 01 06
1 02 01 07
ODAC
ISO 6362 -5: 01

form and dimensions
ISO 7599: 83
Anodising of aluminium and its alloys - General specification for

ISO 8248: 85
Windows and door height windows - Mechanical test
ISO 11600: 93

requirements
British Standards
BS 5252: 76
Framework for colour co-ordination for building purposes.
BS 6496: 84 (91)
Powder organic coatings to aluminium
BS 6497: 84 (91)
Powder organic coatings to galvanized Steel
German Standards
DIN 4108 - 4: 02
Thermal insulation and energy economy in buildings;

hygrothermal design values, thermal insulation and protection
against moisture
DIN 16935: 86
Polyisobutylene (PIB) waterproofing sheets; requirements
1 03
Definitions
1 03 01
Technical Terms
Borrowed light - window in an internal wall or partition
Casement - framed opening light that is hinged or pivoted
Casement vent - small top hung casement over a larger casement or direct glazed
light
Casement window - window in which there are one or more casements
Co-ordinating size - a dimension of a co-ordinating space, which defines the relative
the components which are relevant to the assembly.
Double glazed window - window that incorporates two layers of glass, separated by
an air space
Direct glazed light - fixed light in which glass is glazed in the main frame
Fixed light - light that does not open
Mullion - intermediates vertical member in an opening or frame
Roof window - construction for closing an opening in the plane of a pitched roof that
will admit air
Sash - framed opening light that slides
Sliding sash - sash that slides horizontally
Sliding window - window that has sashes that slide horizontally
Sunlight - small direct glazed light below a casement
Transom - framing member between a lower operable part of a window and a fixed
light or tilt window above
1 03 02
Abbreviations
K-value
max.
min.
Rw

maximum
minimum
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
STC
U-value
1 05
ODAC

Submittals
Section 01300.
1 05 01
Product Data
Provide product data for each type of window specified, including details of
construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, label compliance, sound
and insulation ratings, profiles and finishes and manufacturer's instructions.
referenced Standards and/ or requirements of local authorities.
1 05 02
Shop Drawings
Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard and custom made
metal windows. Include elevations of windows showing opening features, details of
construction, location and installation requirements of hardware and reinforcements,
and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items
Provide schedule using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on
contract drawings (if available).
1 05 03
Samples
full range of colours or patterns available for factory-finished windows.
Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared as
corner sections not less than 15 by 15 cm.
1 05 04

Documented experience of contractors site supervisor(s).
1 06
Quality Assurance
1 06 01
Qualifications
1 06 01 01
1 06 01 02
1 06 04
Quality Control
1 06 04 01

3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
1 07
1 07 01

Deliver windows cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and
job storage.
1 07 02

Windows at building site shall be under cover. Place units on minimum 10 cm high
wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters, which could create
a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper becomes wet during transport, remove
carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between stacked elements to
promote air circulation.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 2:
Products
2 01
Materials
2 01 01
Steel
ODAC
Steel sections for windows (frames and casements) shall be made from hot-rolled
steel with integral flanges, complying with ISO 630 or an equivalent Standard. Powder
organic coating to galvanized steel shall comply with BS 6497 or an equivalent
Standard.
2 01 02
Aluminium
Extruded profiles of aluminium or aluminium-alloys for windows shall comply with the
requirements of ISO 209 and ISO 6362 or an equivalent Standard.
Aluminium shall be surface-treated as indicated according to the following Standards:
- Anodised finish complying with ISO 7599 or an equivalent Standard
- Powder organic coating complying with BS 6496 or an equivalent Standard
2 01 03
Gaskets
an equivalent material acceptable to the Engineer.
2 02
Manufactured Units
Window types;
Hinged window:
may be side hung, top hung or bottom hung;

may be turn or tilt window, or a combination of both;
Pivoted window:
may be horizontally or vertically pivoted
Sliding window:
horizontally sliding (sash window)
Abbreviations : use the following (Ref.: BS 644 - 1)
SH
TH
HP
VP
BH
HS
TT
FL
DG
2 02 01
side hung
top hung
horizontal pivoted
vertical pivoted
bottom hung
horizontal sliding
tilt and turn
fixed light
direct glazed
Steel Windows
Provide steel windows of types, styles and sizes indicated on drawings and schedules.
Windows shall be tested according to ISO 6612, 6613, 8248 and EN 86 or equivalent
Standards.
2 02 01 01
Frames
01.0 Sections for perimeter frames and casements shall be manufactured from solid
hot rolled steel shapes with integral flanges.
02.0 Sizes of sections shall be defined by the Contractor, based upon the overall size
of window and indicated wind load.
03.0 Frames and casements shall have glazing rebates, sufficient in depth for the
required glass. Glazing rebates shall provide an unobstructed glazing surface of
15 mm in height for up to 15 mm thick glazing. For glazing over 15 mm
thickness, the rebate shall be at least 18 mm in height.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
04.0 Glazing beads may be of steel or aluminium and fixed by clip-on method or
screwed to the frames with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws.
2 02 01 02
Weather-stripping
The casement sections shall have an integral dovetail groove located on the inside
bedding contact for the reception of a gasket. Weather-stripping that is surface applied
or requires an additional retainer will not be accepted.
2 02 01 03
Insect Screens
Frames shall be roll-formed from 1,0 mm thick galvanized steel and fixed to the
window with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws.
Screen mesh shall be of 0,2 mm aluminium or fibreglass wire.
2 02 01 04
Hardware
Provide windows with complete hardware.
2 02 01 05
Finishing
Apply the following finish to the manufactured windows:
01.0 Zinc-phosphate pre-treatment before receiving any paint.
Powder organic coating of min. thickness 60 micrometer.
02.0 Hot-dip galvanising with min. 350 g/m2;
Powder organic coating of min. thickness 60 micrometer.
03.0 Provide Colours as indicated in schedules.
2 02 01 06
Glazing
Provide glazing as indicated in schedules and according to specifications.
2 02 02
Aluminium Windows
Provide aluminium windows of types, styles and sizes indicated on drawings and
schedules.
Standards.
2 02 02 01
Frames
Sections for perimeter frames, casements and sashes shall be manufactured from
extruded aluminium sections complying with ISO 209 and 6362 or an equivalent
Standard. Use aluminium defined as AlMgSi 0,7, respectively 6063.
2 02 02 01 01
Hinged and Pivoted Windows

01.0 Sections for frames and ventilators shall be standard with a minimum depth of 45
mm and wall thickness of 1,5 mm.
02.0 Sections for frames and ventilators shall be thermal-break construction with a
minimum depth of 50 mm and wall thickness of 2,0 mm; they shall meet the
requirements of DIN 4108 - 4, table 3, group 2.2.
03.0 Any additional measures, i.e. deeper sections, increased wall thickness,
oversized mullions etc. to meet the structural requirements for size and indicated
wind load shall be the Contractors responsibility.
2 02 02 01 02
Hinged and Pivoted Windows with Integrated Venetian Blinds

Sections for frames and ventilators shall be thermal-break construction with a
minimum depth of 90 mm and wall thickness of 2,0 mm; they shall meet the
requirements of DIN 4108 - 4, table 3, group 2.2.
Provide two glazing rebates for single glass panes of 6 mm. Space for venetian blinds
shall be accessible for maintenance without removing panes. Slats shall be made of
tempered aluminium, 25 mm deep and provided with tilt control mechanism.
Any additional measures, i.e. deeper sections, increased wall thickness, oversized
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
mullions etc. to meet the structural requirements for size and indicated wind load shall
be the Contractors responsibility.
2 02 02 01 03
Sliding Windows
01.0 Sections for frames and ventilators shall be standard with a minimum wall
thickness of 1,5 mm and ventilator depth of 30 mm.
02.0 Sections for frames and ventilators shall be thermal-break construction with a
minimum wall thickness of 2,0 mm and ventilator depth of 35 mm; they shall meet
the requirements of DIN 4108 - 4, table 3, group 2.2 .
03.0 Any additional measures, i.e. deeper sections, increased wall thickness,
oversized mullions, reinforcement etc. to meet the structural requirements for
size and indicated wind load shall be the Contractors responsibility.
2 02 02 01 04
Glazing rebates
Frames and casements shall have glazing rebates, sufficient in depth for the required
glass. Glazing rebates shall provide an unobstructed glazing surface of 15 mm
minimum in height for up to 15 mm thick glazing. For glazing over 15 mm thickness,
the rebate shall be 18 mm minimum in height.
Glazing beads shall be fixed by clip-on method.
2 02 02 02
Weather-stripping
Weather-stripping of pre-manufactured gaskets of rubber based material or brushes
(sliding windows) shall be applied at two different planes of each operable window.
2 02 02 03
Insect Screens
2 02 02 03 01
Hinged Windows
Insect screens shall consist of aluminium frame with screen cloth of aluminium or fibre
glass wire of minimum 0,2 mm thickness. Splines for holding mesh in place shall be
removable to permit re-screening. Screen frames shall be fixed to window frames from
the inside.
2 02 02 03 02
Sliding Windows
removable to permit re-screening. Screen frames shall have sliding mechanism to
allow cleaning of ventilators from inside. Brush gaskets shall be provided at meeting
stiles to achieve mosquito-proofing.
2 02 02 05
Hardware
Provide windows with complete hardware.
2 02 02 06
Finishing
Apply the following finish to the manufactured windows:
01.0 Anodised finish of minimum thickness 15 micrometer
02.0 Powder organic coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer
03.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules
2 02 02 07
Glazing
Provide glazing as indicated in schedules and according to specifications.
2 03
Fabrication
Fabricate metal windows to design and sizes indicated, in accordance with approved
shop drawings and compliance with referenced standards.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 03 01
ODAC
greatest possible degree in the workshop. Prior to fabrication, all hot rolled steel
sections shall be cleaned by shot blasting. Perform cutting, drilling and grinding
of metalwork before application of finishes. If finishes (anodization) have to be
and possible rejection on site.
02.0 Sizing: The profiles used for frames, casements and sashes shall be
dimensioned adequately to carry the loads of the individual sizes and withstand
the indicated wind loads. Use manufacturers tables for dimensioning.
03.0 Welding (steel): Fabricate steel frames with mitred corners and continuous full
welds. Transoms and mullions may be fastened by butt welding. Grind exposed
welds smooth and fully remove weld spatter and welding oxides. Restore
mechanical finish.
04.0 Joining (aluminium): Perimeter and ventilator frames shall be mitred and rigidly
joined together by means of reinforcing clips, screwed or set in epoxy. Maintain
accurate relationship of planes and angles and hairline fit of contacting members.
05.0 Reinforcing of aluminium: Install reinforcing as necessary for performance
requirements and for hardware application.
08.0 Drainage: Fabricate perimeter frames and glazing stops in a way that any water
and/ or condensation can be drained to the exterior.
2 03 02
Shop Assembly
Windows shall be assembled completely in the shop and shall not be dismantled for
shipping.
2 03 03
Shop Finishing
2 03 03 01
General
Steel and aluminium windows shall be shop finished as indicated in the respective
paragraphs and items. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any damage while
shipping to the site.
2 03 03 02
2 03 04
Tolerances
Produce steel and aluminium elements within tolerances of DIN 18203 - 2 or an
2 03 05
Inspections
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 3:
Execution
3 01
General Examination
ODAC
other trades supposed to be finished before starting of window installation.
3 02
General Preparation
Examine windows prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on site
provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the
Engineer; otherwise replace damaged items as directed.
Verify that windows comply with the requirements in schedules for type, size, location
and swing characteristic.
3 03
Installation
3 03 01
General
Install windows and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings,
manufacturers data and as herein specified. Set units plumb, level, and true to line,
without warp. Install components in proper alignment and relation to established lines
and grades indicated. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place.
3 03 02
Dissimilar metals
Separate aluminium and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or
electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials.
Galvanise steel anchors and other unexposed fasteners after fabrication.
Paint dissimilar metals where drainage from them passes over aluminium.
Paint aluminium surfaces on contact with mortar, concrete or other masonry with
alkali-resistant coating.
3 03 03
Joints
Joints to surrounding construction shall be filled with insulating material of mineral fibre
or foam and sealed as indicated in drawings and schedules.
01.0 Use adequate elastic sealing component complying with ISO 11600 or an
equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned and if necessary be primed before
filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar.
02.0 Use sealing foil of Polyisobutylene complying with DIN 16935 or a similar
material acceptable by the Engineer. See also detail drawings!
3 05

Check and re-adjust operating hardware items, leaving windows undamaged and in
complete and proper operating condition.
Clean glass surfaces complying with requirements contained in Section 8800
Glazing.
3 06
Demonstration
Installer or manufacturer shall demonstrate handling and maintenance of all windows
to Employers personnel.
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 07
ODAC
Protection
Protect windows as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that they are without
damage at time of Preliminary Handing-over.

4 01
General
For windows the co-ordinating size shall be taken as basis for measurement.
Hardware specified to be supplied with the window will not be measured separately.
4 02
Steel and aluminium windows shall be enumerated. Fixing and fitting will be included
with the items.
Hardware specified with the windows will be included with the items.
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC

5 01
General
material, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labour,
5 02
Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Price Rates

The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit price rates:
Fixing of windows including all fixing material, i.e. anchorage, bolts etc., shall be
included within unit prices.
Establishing heights of finished floor with reference to installation locations shall be
included in the unit prices.
Adjusting, cleaning and protection of the works until final handing over shall be
included in the unit prices.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Annex: Specifier Information

7 01
Modular System
ISO 1040

horizontal co-ordinating dimensions.
ISO 1006
ISO 1791
ISO 2776

internal
ISO 2848
ISO 6513

12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
2 Window Types
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
14
SECTION 08520 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS AND DOORS
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection
ODAC
Section 08520 Aluminum Windows and Doors
SECTION 08520: ALUMINUM WINDOWS AND DOORS
1.
GENERAL
Section includes extruded aluminum windows and doors with fixed and
operating sash, factory glazed including in-fill panels and hardware.
1.1
References
AA (Aluminum Association) - Designation System for Aluminum
Finishes.
AAMA (American Architectural Manufacturers' Association) - Curtain
Wall Manual #10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From
Shop to Site.
AAMA Curtain Wall Series No. 11 (American Architectural
Manufacturers Association) - Design Wind Loads for Buildings and
Boundary Layer Wind Tunnel Testing.
AAMA 2605 (American Architectural Manufacturers Association) Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural
Extrusions and Panels.
AAMA/NWWDA
(American
Architectural
Manufacturers
Association/National Wood Window and Door Association) 101/I.S.2 Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood
Windows and Glass Doors.
ANSI/AAMA 101 American Architectural Manufacturers Association Aluminum and Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Prime Windows and Glass
Doors.
ASCE 7 American Society of Civil Engineers - Calculation of Wind
Loads.
ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel
Products.
ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
ASTM B209M - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate
(Metric).
ASTM B221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and
Tubes.
ASTM B221M - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes,
and Tubes (Metric).
ASTM D3656 - Insect Screening and Louver Cloth Woven from VinylCoated Glass Yarns.
ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors.
ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,

Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
ASTM E547 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls, and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential.
ASTM E1105 - Test Method for Field Determination of Water
Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by
Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference.
ASTM F588 - Resistance of Window Assemblies to Forced Entry Excluding
Glazing.
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council - Paint 20 Zinc Rich Coating.

SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council - Paint 25 Red Iron Oxide, Zinc
Oxide, Raw Linseed Oil and Alkyd Primer (Without Lead and Chromate
Pigments).
1.2
System Description
Windows: Tubular Single thickness aluminum sections, factory fabricated,
factory finished, glazed vision glass, infill panels, related flashings,
anchorage and attachment devices.
Configuration: Conform with ANSI/AAMA 101 Designations for windows
required for Project; C-casement, HS-horizontal sliding, BH bottom hinged,
VS-vertically sliding, F-fixed non-operable, SD-side hinged (in swinging) Ttilting, sash.
Glazing: Double tinted glass.

Revolving door to be automatic operated
1.3
Performance Requirements
Primary Performance Requirements: Aluminum windows and doors to
meet performance criteria for ANSI/AAMA 101 Designation.
System Design: Design and size components to withstand dead loads
and live loads caused by positive and negative wind loads acting
normal to plane of wall as calculated in accordance with applicable
local code.
Deflection: Limit member deflection to 1/175 of longer dimension with
full recovery of glazing materials.
Assembly: To accommodate, without damage to components or
deterioration of seals, movement between window and door and
perimeter framing, deflection of lintel.
Thermal Transmittance of Assembly: Maximum U Value of 4 W/sq m
per K when measured in accordance with AAMA 1503.1
Air Infiltration: Limit air infiltration through assembly to 2 cubic
meters/hour/sq meter of wall area, measured at reference differential
pressure across assembly as measured in accordance with ASTM
E283.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Vapor Seal: Limit vapor seal with interior atmospheric pressure of 25

mm sp, 22 degrees C, 40 percent RH without seal failure.
Water Leakage: None, when measured in accordance with ASTM
E331.
System Internal Drainage: Drain water entering joints, condensation
occurring in glazing channels, and migrating moisture occurring within
system, to exterior by weep drainage network.
Air and Vapor Seal: Maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder
throughout assembly, primarily in line with inside pane of glass and
heel bead of glazing compound. Position thermal insulation on exterior
surface of air barrier and vapor retarder.
1.4
Submittals
Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions, framed opening
tolerances, affected related Work; and installation requirements.
Product Data: Submit component dimensions, anchorage
fasteners, glass, internal drainage, and typical details.
and
Samples: Submit two 300x300 mm in size illustrating window frame

section mullion section screen and frame, factory finished aluminum
surfaces, glass, infill panels, glazing materials. Submit two samples of
operating hardware.
1.5
Quality Assurance
Perform Work in accordance with the following:
Aluminum Windows: Fabricate window assemblies in accordance with
ANSI/AAMA 101 for types of windows required.
Insulated Glass: Fabricate insulated glass units in accordance with
SIGMA.
Safety Glass: Conform to ANSI Z97.1 and applicable codes.
1.6
Qualifications
Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing commercial
institutional aluminum windows with minimum three years documented
experience.
Installer: Company specializing in installation of commercial institutional
aluminum windows with minimum three years documented experience.
1.7
Pre-Installation Meeting
Convene minimum one week prior to commencing Work of this section.
1.8
Delivery, Storage, And Protection

Handle Work of this section in accordance with AAMA 101.
Protect factory finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond when

exposed to sunlight or weather.
1.9
Environmental Requirements
Do not install glazing materials when ambient temperature is less than
5 degrees C.
Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of
glazing materials.
1.10
Warranty
Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for insulated glass units from
seal failure, inter-pane dusting or misting, and replacement of it.
Warranty: Include coverage for degradation of color finish.
2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
Aluminum Windows
Recommended Vendors:
Schuco of Germany
Permasteelisa of Italy
Gartner of Germany
Schmidlin of Germany
Mero of Germany
Or any other equivalent and approved by the Engineer.
Product Description: Aluminum windows thermally broken; flush glass
stops of snap-on.
Reinforced Mullion: Extruded aluminum with integral reinforcement of
aluminum structural section.
2.2
Components
Extruded Aluminum:
6063 alloy, T5 temper.
Sheet Aluminum:
3003; 5005 alloy, H15 or H34
Steel Sections:
Profiled to suit mullion sections.
temper.
Glass double tinted glass.
2.3
Accessories
Fasteners and Anchors: Stainless or Galvanized steel as per location
and exposure.
2.4
Fabrication
Fabricate components with minimum clearances and shim spacing
around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic
movement of perimeter seal.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints flush, hairline,
and weatherproof.
Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchors.
Arrange fasteners and attachments to ensure concealment from view.
Prepare components
hardware.
with
internal
reinforcement
for
operating
Furnish internal reinforcement in mullions members to maintain rigidity.

Permit internal drainage weep holes and channels to migrate moisture
to exterior.
Furnish internal drainage of glazing spaces to exterior through weep
holes.
2.5
Shop Finishing
All Aluminum extrusions, panel,etc shall be anodized.
3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Examination
Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are
ready to receive Work of this section.
3.2
Installation
Attach window and door frame and shims to perimeter opening to
accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities.
Align window and door plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain
dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent Work.
Install sill and sill end angles.
Install thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building
insulation.
Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to
maintain continuity of thermal barrier.
Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air barrier and vapor
retarder materials.
Install operating hardware.
3.3
Erection Tolerances
Maximum Variation from Level or Plumb: 1.5 mm/m non-cumulative or
3 mm/3m, whichever is less.
3.4
Adjusting
Adjust hardware for smooth operation and secure weather tight closure.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3.5
ODAC
Cleaning
Remove protective material from factory finished aluminum surfaces.
Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to sealant
and window manufacturer; rinse and wipe surfaces clean.
Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other
solvent acceptable to sealant and window manufacturer.
End of Section
==============================
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
Division
Section
08600 - Wood and Plastic Windows
Part 1:
General
1 01
Summary
installation of wood and plastic windows.
1 01 01
Section includes
01.0 Side hung (turn) windows
02.0 Bottom hung (tilt) windows
03.0 Turn and tilt windows
04.0 Pivoted windows
05.0 Sliding windows
1 01 04
Related Sections
06400 Architectural Woodwork
08700 Hardware
08800 Glazing
1 02
References
1 02 01
1 02 01 03
1 02 01 03 01
1 02 01 05
ISO 3934: 78

ISO 6612: 80
Windows and door height windows - Wind resistance test
ISO 6613: 80
Windows and door height windows - Air permeability test
ISO 8248: 85
Windows and door height windows - Mechanical test
ISO 11600: 93

requirements
European Standards
EN 86: 81
1 02 01 06
Methods of testing windows; water tightness test under static

pressure
British Standards
BS 644 -
Wood Windows
BS 644 - 1: 89
Specification for factory assembled windows of various types
BS 1186 - 1: 91
Specification for timber
BS 1204: 93
Specification for type MR phenolic and aminoplastic synthetic

resin adhesives for wood
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1 02 02
ODAC
BS 7056: 00
Specification for primers for woodwork
BS 5358: 93
Specification for solvent-borne priming paints for woodwork
Codes
BS 5589: 89
Code of practice for preservation of timber
BS 6150: 91
Code of practice for painting of buildings
1 03
Definitions
1 03 01
Technical Terms
Borrowed light - window in an internal wall or partition
Casement - framed opening light that is hinged or pivoted
Casement vent - small top hung casement over a larger casement or direct glazed
light
Casement window - window in which there are one or more casements
Co-ordinating size - a dimension of a co-ordinating space, which defines the relative
the components
Double glazed window - window that incorporates two layers of glass, separated by
an air space
Direct glazed light - fixed light in which glass is glazed in the main frame
Fixed light - light that does not open
Mullion - intermediates vertical member in an opening or frame
Opaque stain - a coating for wood which has the general application characteristics
and solid content associated with a wood stain, but contains opaque pigments
Permeability - the rate of water vapour transmission through the coating system
Roof window - construction for closing an opening in the plane of a pitched roof that
will admit air
Sash - framed opening light that slides
Sliding sash - sash that slides horizontally
Sliding window - window that has sashes that slide horizontally
Stain - semi-transparent wood finish
Sublight - small direct glazed light below a casement
1 03 02
Abbreviations
K-value
max.
min.
Rw
STC
U-value
1 05

maximum
minimum
Heat transmission factor (ASHRAE)
Submittals
Section 01300.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1 05 01
ODAC
Product Data
Provide product data for each type of window specified, including details of
construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, label compliance, sound
and insulation ratings, profiles and finishes and manufacturers instructions.
referenced standards, and/ or requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1 05 02
Shop Drawings
Provide shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard and custom
made wood and plastic windows. Include elevations of windows showing opening
features, details of construction, location and installation requirements of hardware
and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and
accessory items
Provide schedule using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on
contract drawings (if available).
1 05 03
Samples
Provide samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturers colour charts
showing full range of colours or patterns available for factory-finished windows.
Provide samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required,
prepared as corner sections not less than 15 by 15 cm.
1 05 04

Assurance')
1 05 05 02
Operation and Maintenance Data

Provide schedule and data for maintenance of windows.
1 06
Quality Assurance
1 06 01
Qualifications
1 06 01 01
1 06 01 02
1 06 04
Quality Control
1 06 04 01

Checking of suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform to
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
1 07
1 07 01

Deliver windows cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and
job storage.
1 07 02

Windows at building site shall be under cover. Place units on minimum 10 cm high
wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters, which could create
a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper becomes wet during transport, remove
carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between stacked elements to
promote air circulation.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Part 2:
Products
2 01
Materials
2 01 01
Wood
Wood for windows shall meet the requirements of BS 1186 -1 or an equivalent
Standard.
Frames shall be made of class 3 timber or better. Casements, sashes and beads shall
be made of class 2 timber. Beads smaller than 15 mm in either direction shall be made
of class 1 timber.
2 01 02
Gaskets
or an equivalent material acceptable to the Engineer.
2 02
Manufactured Units
Window types;
Hinged window:
Pivoted window:
Sliding window:
may be side hung, top hung or bottom hung;

may be turn or tilt window, or a combination of both;
may be horizontally or vertically pivoted
horizontally sliding (sash window)
Abbreviations used for the different window features

SH
TH
HP
VP
BH
HS
TT
FL
DG
2 02 01
side hung
top hung
horizontal pivoted
vertical pivoted
bottom hung
horizontal sliding
tilt and turn
fixed light
direct glazed
Wood Windows
Provide wood windows of types, styles, sizes and wind load indicated on drawings and
schedules, complying with BS 644 -1 or an equivalent Standard.
Standards.
2 02 01 01
Frames
01.0 Sections for perimeter frames and casements shall be manufactured from solid
timber.
02.0 Sizes of sections shall be defined by the Contractor, based upon the overall size
of window and indicated wind load. Minimum depth for all sections shall be 50
mm.
03.0 Rebates: Frames and casements shall have glazing rebates, sufficient in depth
for the required glass. Glazing rebates shall provide an unobstructed glazing
surface of 15 mm in height for up to 15 mm thick glazing. For glazing over 15 mm
thickness, the rebate shall be at least 18 mm in height.
04.0 Glazing beads shall be fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated
screws.
05.0 Adhesives for fixing frame sections shall comply with the requirements of
BS 1204 -2, type MR, or another material acceptable to the Engineer.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
06.0 Deviations: Deviations from overall height and width shall be less than 2 mm.
Casements and sashes shall not be distorted nor deviate from shape to an
extend that prevents the function of the glazing system, the weather-stripping or
the hardware.
07.0 Security: Opening lights shall not be openable or removable from the outside
when fastened in the closed position.
08.0 Safety: It shall not be possible for any of the opening lights to become
accidentally dislodged from the frame when the window is being operated.
2 02 01 02
Weather-stripping
Weather-stripping of pre-manufactured gaskets of rubber-based material or brushes
(sliding windows) shall be applied at each operable window. They shall be fixed into a
groove and easily replaceable.
2 02 01 03
Insect Screens
2 02 02 03 01
Hinged Windows
removable to permit re-screening. Screen frames shall be fixed to window frames from
the inside.
2 02 02 01 02
Sliding Windows
removable to permit re-screening. Screen frames shall have sliding mechanism to
allow cleaning of ventilators from inside. Brush gaskets shall be provided at meeting
stiles to achieve mosquito proofing.
2 02 01 04
Hardware
Provide windows with complete hardware. See hardware schedule, Section 8700
Hardware.
2 02 01 05
Finishing
Apply the following finish to the manufactured windows before application of hardware.
Finish shall be in compliance with BS 6150 or an equivalent Standard.
2 02 01 05 01
Semi-Transparent Stain Finish

01.0 Pre-treatment with anti-fungus OS applied by immersion process, complying with
BS 5589 or an equivalent Standard.
02.0 Two (2) coats of semi-transparent stain finish, water or solvent-borne, low built (5
- 20 micrometer).
03.0 One (1) base coat of semi-transparent stain finish, water or solvent-borne; One
(1) finish coat of semi-transparent stain finish, water or solvent-borne, medium
built (20 - 60 micrometer).
2 02 01 05 02
Opaque Finish
01.0 Pre-treatment with anti-fungus OS applied by immersion process, complying with
BS 5589 or an equivalent Standard.
02.0 One coat of water or solvent-borne primer complying with BS 5082 or 5358
respectively.
03.0 One (1) base coat of opaque stain finish, water or solvent-borne; one (1) finish
coat of opaque stain finish, water or solvent-borne, medium built (20 - 60
micrometer).
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
2 02 01 06
Glazing
Provide glazing as indicated in schedules and according to specifications in Section
8800 Glazing.
2 03
Fabrication
Fabricate wood windows to design and sizes indicated, in accordance with approved
shop drawings and compliance with referenced standards.
2 03 01
greatest possible degree in the workshop.
02.0 Sizing: The profiles for frames, casements and sashes shall be dimensioned
adequately to carry the loads of the individual sizes and withstand the indicated
wind loads.
03.0 Joining: Perimeter and ventilator frames shall be rigidly joined together either by
tongue and groove or with hardwood dowels of sufficient diameter. Maintain
accurate relation of planes and angles and hairline fit of contacting members.
04.0 Fasteners: Provide either non-corrodible or corrosion protected fasteners and
05.0 Drainage: Fabricate perimeter frames and glazing stops in a way that any water
and/ or condensation can be drained to the exterior.
06.0 Insect Screens: Screen frames shall be manufactured to allow for easy mesh
replacement. Fastenings shall permit attachment and removal from the interior.
2 03 02
Shop Assembly
Windows shall be assembled completely in the shop and shall not be dismantled for
shipping.
2 03 03
Shop Finishing
2 03 03 01
General
Wood windows shall be shop finished as indicated in the respective paragraphs and
2 03 03 02
2 03 04
Tolerances
All tolerances shall conform to applicable referenced standards.
2 03 05
Inspections
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 3:
Execution
3 01
General Examination
ODAC
Do not deliver or install doors until conditions of temperature and relative humidity
have been stabilised and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during
the remainder of the construction period at a level similar to occupancy conditions.
Examine existing conditions also for compliance with schedules and for completeness
of other trades supposed to be finished before starting of window installation.
3 02
General Preparation
Examine windows prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on site,
provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the
Engineer; otherwise replace damaged items as directed.
Verify that windows comply with the requirements in schedules for type, size, location
and swing characteristic.
3 03
Installation
01.0 General: Install windows and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings,
manufacturers data and as herein specified. Set units plumb, level, and true to
line without warp. Install components in proper alignment and relation to
established lines and grades indicated. Provide proper support and anchor
securely in place.
02.0 Joints: Joints to surrounding construction shall be filled with insulating material of
mineral fibre or foam and sealed as indicated in drawings and schedules.
Use adequate elastic sealing component complying with ISO 11600 or an
equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned and if necessary be primed
before filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar.
See also detail drawings.
3 05

Check and re-adjust operating hardware items, leaving windows undamaged and in
complete and proper operating condition.
3 06
Demonstration
Installer or manufacturer shall demonstrate handling and maintenance of all windows
to Employers personnel.
3 07
Protection
Protect windows as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that they are without
damage at time of Substantial Completion.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC

4 01
General
For windows the co-ordinating size shall be taken as basis for measurement.
Hardware specified to be supplied with the window will not be measured separately.
4 02
Windows shall be enumerated. Fixing and fitting will deem to be included with the
items.
Hardware specified with the windows will deem be included with the items.
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC

5 01
General
5 02

Fixing of windows inclusive all fixing material, i.e. anchorages, bolts etc.
Establishing heights of finished floor with reference to installation .
Adjusting, cleaning and protection of the works until final handing over .
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC

7 01
Modular System
ISO 1040

horizontal co-ordinating dimensions
ISO 1006
ISO 1791
ISO 2776

internal
ISO 2848
ISO 6513

11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
7 02 Window Types
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 08700 Hardware
Division
Section
08700 - Hardware
Part 1:
General
1 01
Summary
materials, and performing all operations in connection with production and installation of
hardware.
1 01 01
Section includes
01.0 Hinges
02.0 Locks
03.0 Door closers
04.0 Levers and handles
05.0 Accessories
1 01 04
Related Sections
06400 Architectural Woodwork
08300 Special Doors
08500 Metal Windows
16400 Service and Distribution
1 02
References
1 02 01
1 02 01 04
USA Standards
1 02 01 04 01

ASTM E2074: 00
1 02 01 04 03
Standard Test Method for fire tests of door assemblies,

including positive pressure testing of side-hinged and
swinging door assemblies.

ANSI/BHMA A 156.1: 97
Butts and Hinges
Bored and pre-assembled locks & latches
Exit Devices
ANSI/BHMA A 156.4 - 92
Door Controls - Closers
Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products

1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
ANSI A 156.13: 94
Locks and Latches, Mortise
ANSI A 156.17: 99
Hinges and Pivots, Self-Closing
ANSI/UL 1034: 00
UL Standard for Safety Burglary-Resistant Electric

Locking Mechanisms
1 03
Definitions
1 03 01
Technical Terms
Anti-thrust action - latch action in which the latch bolt, when engaged, is resisted from
being forced back by end pressure on the bolt
Bored lock series 4000 - a key in the knob type lock installed in round bored openings in
the edge and side of a door
Butt hinge - hinge with a central pin and two flaps recessed or semi-recessed, fixed to the
adjacent joint faces for side hanging or top hanging application
Casement hinge - hinge used for a side or top hung casement
Cylinder rose - plate that surrounds the outer end of a cylinder
door closer - mechanical device for closing a door leaf
Door guard rail - bar fixed across the face of a door leaf to protect it from damage
Door plate - plate to protect part of the surface of a door leaf
Dead lock - lock that only contains a deadbolt
Electric strike - an electrical device operated from a remote position allowing a locked
door to be opened by push or pull; signals to a central panel can indicate locked, unlocked
and door open conditions
Escutcheon - surround with a shaped hole, with or without a pivoted cover plate, primarily
to protect the door leaf from abrasion damage caused by key insertion
Exit alarm - an electrically operated device indicating either audibly or silently the
unauthorised opening of a door
Exit lock - a rim lock operated by a push bar extending part way or almost all the way
across the width of a door used for emergency egress and incorporating an exit alarm
Floor spring - door closer positioned in the floor that also supports the door leaf
Gate spring pivots - these spring pivots are merely used for gates (outside), which are
normally some distance of the ground and often do not have a header, so any fixing has to
be towards the jamb.
Handle - fitting for opening and closing doors, windows, gates and drawers by hand
Intumescent interlayer - inorganic interlayer, which when subjected to heat turns opaque
and intumesce (expand).
Kick plate - door plate fixed across the bottom of a door leaf
Lever handle - handle in the form of a lever or bar used to withdraw a latch bolt
Lift off butt - butt hinge with hinge pin fixed to one flap that can be lifted away from the
other
Mortise lock - lock for fixing in a mortise, usually in the closing edge of a door leaf or
window
Night latch - latch with a single bevel latch bolt that is operated internally by a knob and
externally by a key
Panic bolt - fastener that consists of a minimum of two rods or bolts engaged in the
surrounding frame or floor and released by pressure in a horizontal direction
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Parliament hinge - butt hinge with a projecting pivot that allows the door leaf to clear
projections from the wall within the limits of the hinge pivot projection
Pamela hinge - hinge which is available in a wide range of layouts as two or three part
hinge; i.e. hinge for aluminium doors, which by some manufacturers is even called a pivot
hinge
Pivot hinges - a hinge with a fixed pin and a single joint having a height less than the
adjacent hinge leaves (ANSI A156.1)
Pre-assembled lock series 2000 - a key in the knob type lock fitting into a notched cut-out
in a door
Push plate - door plate fixed on a door leaf that is usually unfastened and has a selfclosing device
Rim lock - lock for fixing on the face of a door leaf
Rose - plate with a hole that provides a bearing for a handle
Spindle - metal rod, usually square, that enables a handle to operate a latch action
Spring hinge - hinge that includes a spring that closes a door leaf automatically, either
single or double action
Spring pivot - pivot hinge that includes a spring that closes a door leaf automatically,
either single or double action
Strap hinge - hinge with a pin and two elongated tapered flaps
Striking plate - component, usually of a mortise lock or latch, fixed to a frame to engage a
bolt
Top centre - fastening fixed to the top of a door leaf and used with a lower pivot or floor
spring
1 03 02
Abbreviations
max.
min.
UL
1 05
maximum
minimum
Underwriters Laboratories
Submittals
Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification section
01300.
1 05 01
Product Data
Provide product data for each type of hardware specified, including label compliance, fireratings, finishes and maintenance instructions.
1 05 02
Shop Drawings
1 05 03
Samples
Provide samples for initial selection purposes for all hardware items specified.
1 05 04

Documented experience of contractors site supervisor(s)
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1 05 05
Handing-Over Submittals
1 05 05 01
Project Records
ODAC
Provide a revised hardware schedule with the actual status of the installed items.
1 05 05 02

Provide schedule and data for operation and maintenance of hardware.
1 05 06
Other Submittals
1 05 06 01
Hardware Schedule
01.0 General: Submit complete hardware schedule organised into sets based on hardware
specified. Co-ordinate hardware with doors frames, and related work to ensure proper
size, thickness, function, and finish. Include item name, name of the manufacturer and
complete designations of every item required for each door and/ or window opening.
02.0 Sequence: Submit schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where acceptance
of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work (i.e. hollow metal doors,
wood doors etc.).
03.0 Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the
Employer's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled.
1 06
Quality Assurance
1 06 01
Qualifications
1 06 01 01
Hardware used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly
engaged in manufacture of hardware and with a history of successful production
1 06 01 02
Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in
the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and
the methods needed for proper performance of work .
Contractors site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at least
five (5) years of documented experience.
1 06 04
Quality Control
1 06 04 01

Checking suppliers delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification.
1 07
1 07 01

Protect hardware during delivery to comply with manufacturers directions, and as required
to prevent any damage, especially to plated and polished articles.
1 07 02

Store hardware at building site only originally packed, protect it against dust and dirt and
take care for proper ventilation to prevent condensation.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 2:
Products
2 01
Door Hardware
2 01 01
Hinges
2 01 01 01
General
ODAC
01.0 Hinges for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A156.1 or any other
equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the required grades and
meet the respective test requirements.
02.0 Hinges shall be of steel, stainless steel, brass, bronze, aluminium or nylon with
finishes indicated in schedules.
03.0The size of the hinges shall be adequate for the respective door weight and size and
comply with manufacturer's data.
04.0 Pins of all non-ferrous type hinges shall be of stainless steel. Protruding heads of
stainless steel pins shall match metal of hinge.
05.0 Non-rising loose pins: Pins shall be removable without damaging exposed surfaces
and shall be retained by means that offer effective resistance to movement of the pin
from its seat.
06.0 Fixed pin: External doors opening to the outside shall have a non-removable fixed pin.
07.0 Ball bearings: Hinges of grade 1 and 2 shall have ball bearings. They shall be of
stainless steel for stainless steel and non-ferrous type hinges.
2 01 01 02
Butt Hinges
Butt hinges may be applied as full mortise, full surface, half mortise, half surface or slide-in
hinges as indicated in schedules and/or drawings.
2 01 01 03
Lift Off Hinges

Lift off hinges shall allow easy removal of the door from its seat without removing of pins or
screws. Provide them as falling or rising hinges as required in schedules.
2 01 01 04
Parliament Hinges
Provide parliament hinges of the required grade, material and finish, for applications
indicated.
2 01 01 06
Pivot Hinges
Provide pivot hinges of the required grade, material and finish, for applications indicated.
2 01 01 07
Self Closing Hinges and Pivots

01.0 Spring hinges and pivots for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI
A156.17 or any other equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the
required grades and meet the respective test requirements.
02.0 Hinges or pivots shall be of steel or stainless steel with finishes indicated in
schedules.
03.0 The size of the hinges and pivots shall be adequate for the respective door weight
and size; comply with manufacturer's data.
04.0 Spring hinges and pivots shall be tension-adjustable.
05.0 Provide spring hinges or pivots double or single-acting as indicated in schedules.
06.0 Gate spring pivots shall always be fixed to the jamb.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 01 02
Locks
2 01 02 01
Mortise Locks and Latches
ODAC
Mortise Locks and Latches' according to ANSI A156.13 are divided into two different
'Operational Grades' 1 and 2, and four different 'Security Grades 1, 2, 3 and 4. The
difference between operational grade 1 and 2 is only in the different throw of latch and
deadbolt. Grade 1 is always the highest grade.
Mortise locks and latches for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A156.13 or
an equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the required grades and
functions as indicated in schedules, and meet the respective test requirements.
The lock front (forehead) shall be either galvanized, plated or stainless steel as indicated in
schedules.
Provide exposed trim, such as knobs, levers, roses or escutcheons of materials and with
finish indicated in schedules. Roses or escutcheons shall fully cover cross bore openings in
the door.
Cylinder: see paragraph 'Cylinders' of this Section!
Fire rated locks shall be UL-listed for the required time as indicated in schedules.
2 01 02 02
Pre-assembled Locks & Latches

Pre-assembled Locks & Latches according to ANSI A156.2 are available in grade 1.
Pre-assembled locks and latches for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI
A156.2 or an equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the required
functions and finishes as indicated in schedules, and meet the respective test
requirements.
The lock front (forehead) shall be either galvanized, plated or stainless steel as
the door. Knobs shall be securely held in place without screws and a locked outside knob
shall not be removable when the door is locked.
2 01 02 03
Bored Locks & Latches

Bored Locks & Latches' according to ANSI A156.2 are available in 3 grades.
Bored locks and latches for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A156.2 or an
equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the required grades, functions
and finishes as indicated in schedules, and meet the respective test requirements.
schedules.
2 01 02 04
Auxiliary Locks
Auxiliary Locks ' according to ANSI A156.5 are divided into three different 'Operational- and
Security Grades' 1, 2 and 3. Grade 1 is always the highest grade.
Auxiliary locks and latches for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A156.5 or
any other equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the required grades
and functions as indicated in schedules, and meet the respective test requirements. The
lock front (forehead) shall be either galvanized, plated or stainless
steel as indicated in schedules.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
2 01 02 05
Exit Locks
Provide exit locks of types indicated, which are UL-listed or tested and labelled according to
ANSI A156.5, respectively A156.3 or an equivalent Standard. Testing shall be done by an
authorised and independent testing laboratory.
schedules.
Provide exposed trim, such as actuating bars, push plates or paddles and roses or
escutcheons of materials and with finish indicated in schedules. Roses or escutcheons
shall fully cover cross bore openings in the door.
2 01 02 06
Electrified Locks
Electrified locks shall be of grade 1 and U.L. listed for the required fire rating or security.
Door trim as well shall be of the fire rated type, respectively listed for the required security.
2 01 03
Strikes
2 01 03 01
Standard Strikes
Strikes shall be made of steel, stainless steel or brass as indicated. Material thickness shall
not be less than 1,5 mm. Shape; size and grade shall fit the adequate lock. Strikes for nonrebated wooden doors shall have an extension for the latch bolt to protect the edge of door.
Strikes used on fire doors shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E2074 or an equivalent
Standard. Testing and labelling shall be done by an authorised and independent laboratory.
Provide finishes as indicated in schedules.
2 01 03 02
Electric Strikes
Provide electric strikes of types indicated, which are either UL-listed or tested and labelled
according to ANSI/UL 1034 or an equivalent Standard. Testing shall be done by an
independent testing laboratory.
The case and working parts of grade 1 strikes shall be of corrosion resistant material.
The case and working parts of grade 2 and 3 strikes shall be of corrosion resistant material
or be of material protected against corrosion.
Strikes used with fire doors shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASTM E152 or an
equivalent Standard. Testing and labelling shall be done by an authorised and independent
laboratory.
Strikes shall have a horizontal adjustment capability of min. 4 mm to compensate for
warped doors. The bolt cavity depth shall accept 25 mm bolt projections.
Strikes shall be fail safe or secure (unlocked or locked) in case of power failure as
indicated.
2 01 04
Cylinders
Provide cylinders of type and grade indicated, tested and labelled according to ANSI
A156.5 or any other equivalent Standard. Testing shall be done by an authorised and
independent testing laboratory.
All cylinders shall be of the pin tumbler type and shall have five or more pin tumbler
cavities. The keyways shall have longitudinal ribs. Modifications of these requirements for
reasons of providing greater security are permitted.
Cylinders for external doors shall not project more than 5 mm past the escutcheon.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Security for non-authorised duplicates for Central Locking-, Master key- and Grand master
key Systems shall be as indicated in schedules.
2 01 05
Door Closer and Release Devices

Door closers are available in sizes from II to VI. Each size is related to a certain closing
force - see Annex 7. For selecting closer sizes see Annex 7. ANSI/BHMA A156.4
establishes 3 different grades, which are related to cycle testing. Grade 1 is the highest
quality.
Additional features to the standard requirements have to be separately specified in the
schedules:
- Adjustable closing force
- Adjustable latching speed
- Back-check, factory preset or adjustable
- Delayed closing action
- Automatic hold open with or without selector (on and off)
- Cam-action closer (surface or concealed in door closer with arm sliding in channel for
more convenient operation)
- Electromagnetic hold-open device
- Electromagnetic hold-open with integrated smoke detector
2 01 05 01
Surface Door Closers

Provide surface door closer of size, grade and finish indicated and tested according to
ANSI/BHMA A156.4 or an equivalent Standard, inclusive all necessary installation
accessories.
Closer shall have standard arm if not otherwise indicated and two adjustable closing
speeds
Closers for fire rated doors shall be either U.L. listed or labelled and tested by an
authorised and independent laboratory.
Provide additional features as indicated in schedules.
2 01 05 02
Concealed in Door Closers

Provide concealed in door closer of size, grade and finish indicated and tested according to
accessories. Closer shall be installed within door frame without being visible after
installation.
Closer shall have standard arm if not otherwise indicated and two adjustable closing
speeds
2 01 05 03
Floor Springs
Provide floor springs of size, grade and finish indicated and tested according to
accessories.
Closer shall have two adjustable closing speeds
2 01 05 04
Transom Concealed Door Closers

Provide transom concealed door closer of size, grade and finish indicated and tested
according to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 or an equivalent Standard, inclusive all necessary
installation accessories. Closer shall be installed within the respective transom frame
without being visible after installation.
Closer shall have two adjustable closing speeds
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 01 05 05
ODAC
Electromagnetic Hold-Open Devices

Provide electromagnetic holders for fire doors which are UL-listed or tested by an
authorised and independent laboratory. Holders shall be of the recessed type, including
wiring box and aluminium covers with finish matching other door hardware. Provide holder
for voltage indicated with fail safe feature - magnet will be released when power fails.
2 01 06
Door Accessories
2 01 06 01
Door Viewer
Door viewer shall be of solid, polished brass and UL listed, or as otherwise indicated. It
shall provide a viewing angle of minimum 160 degrees.
2 01 06 02
Door Stop
Door stops shall be of material and finish indicated. They may be wall or floor mounted as
required. They shall be equipped with resilient, flame retardant rubber top. Size and fixing
method shall be adequate for size and weight of doors.
2 01 06 03
Door Holder
Door holders shall be of type, material and finish indicated. Automatic holders shall
incorporate a spring system to minimise shock for door and holder. Size and fixing method
shall be adequate for size and weight of doors.
2 01 06 04
Kick Plate
Kick plates shall be of aluminium or brass with pattern and finish indicated. Height shall be
minimum 15 cm and material thickness not less than 0,6 mm.
2 01 06 05
Louver
Provide sight-proof, stationary louver panels with finish indicated. Louver blades shall be
made of minimum 1 mm thick aluminium and bend twice to be stable and keep straight.
Frames shall be made of minimum 1 mm thick welded aluminium sections, drilled for
countersunk screws and fastened with oval-headed, nickel-plated-, or stainless steel
screws.
2 01 06 06
Floor Gasket
Provide floor gaskets of type, material and finish indicated.
Sound proof gaskets shall provide the same sound transmission class (STC) as the door
leaf itself.
Floor gaskets for fire rated doors shall be UL-listed or tested by an authorised and
independent laboratory.
2 02
Window Hardware
2 02 01
Hinges
01.0 Hinges for windows shall be of the lift-off type.
02.0 Hinges shall be of steel or stainless steel with finishes indicated in schedules. Steel
hinges shall have a non-corrosive finish if not otherwise indicated.
03.0 The size of the hinges shall be adequate for the respective weight and comply with
manufacturer's data. Windows more than 125 cm high shall have 3 hinges.
2 02 02
Bolts
Bolts for windows shall be of steel with non-corrosive finish. They shall be mortised into the
rebate with minimum of two bolts per window, operated by a single handle. Windows more
than 125 cm high shall have 3 bolts.
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02 03
ODAC
Tilt Hardware
Windows to be tilted only shall have hinges and bolts as specified above and be equipped
with limiters for the tilted position. Overhead tilt windows shall have the necessary
operating device to enable the user operating it from the floor level.
2 02 04
Turn-Tilt Hardware
Turn-tilt windows shall have an integrated hinge-bolt combination, which is mortised into
the rebate and operated by a single handle only. Only hinges shall be visible. Hardware
shall be adequate for the respective weight and comply with manufacturer's data. It shall be
made of steel and have a non-corrosive finish or as otherwise indicated.
2 02 05
Sliding gear
Bottom rails shall be integrated in window frame. Ball bearing rollers shall be of plastic for
low noise operation. Size of rollers shall be selected according to manufacturer's
recommendations.
2 02 06
Handles
Handles shall be of aluminium with finish indicated. Pin shall be of steel, 7 mm square.
Fasteners shall not be visible.
2 02 07
Locks
Locks are mainly used for turn-tilt windows to prevent anybody opening the tilted window
from outside, or to prevent children from opening a tilted window.
Provide lockable handles with integrated profile cylinder. Keying shall be co-ordinated with
the Engineer.
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 3:
3 01
ODAC
Execution
General Examination
Examine doors and windows where work of this section will be installed. Correct conditions
detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with installation
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3 02
General Preparation
Verify that hardware complies with requirements in schedules.
3 03
Installation
Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for hardware installation, except where more
stringent requirements are indicated, including those of referenced Standards.
01.0 Mount hardware at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders
Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and "Recommended Locations for
Builders Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware
Institute, except as specifically indicated or directed by the Engineer.
02.0 Mount window hardware at heights recommended by manufacturer.
03.0 Hardware with countersunk holes shall only be fixed with countersunk screws. Flat
head screws shall not protrude the surface. Visible screws shall be nickel-plated and
preferably be of the oval-headed type. For stainless steel hardware only screws of the
same material shall be used.
For fixing hardware to aluminium or steel only machine screws shall be used; selftapping screws are not permitted. Aluminium profiles shall be reinforced where
hardware is applied.
04.0 Operating devices for overhead windows shall be fixed at 1,5 m above floor level. The
necessary extension rods shall have sufficient bearings to avoid twisting and enable
an easy operation.
05.0 Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or
into surfaces which are later to be finished in another way, co-ordinate removal,
storage and reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work
specified in Section 9900 Painting. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes
have been completed on the substrate.
3 04
Field Quality Control
3 05

Prior to Preliminary Handing Over adjust hardware for doors and windows so that they
move freely; remove any protective foils or paper and clean thoroughly.
3 06
Demonstration
Installer or manufacturer shall demonstrate to employer's personnel handling and
maintenance of hardware.
3 07
Protection
Protect hardware as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that it is without damage at
time of Preliminary Handing Over.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC

4 01
General
Hardware which is specified to be supplied with doors and windows will not be measured
separately.
4 02
Hardware will be measured by sets as defined in the hardware schedule.
The keying system will be measured as defined in schedule.
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC

5 01
General
Payment will be made for complete work including, but not limited to furnishing all material,
equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labour, samples and
mock-ups, co-ordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality
assurance, cleaning and protecting.
5 02

Cleaning and protection until final handing.
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC

7 01
Closer size Closing force

Door closer sizes: Ref. ANSI/BHMA A156.4 - Table I
Closer Size
Minimum Closing Force
II
3 lbf
(13 N)
III
5 lbf
(22 N)
IV
8 lbf
(36 N)
11 lbf
(49 N)
VI
14 lbf
(62 N)
7 02
Type of Closers
Door closer size and door size: Ref. ANSI/BHMA A 156.4 - Table A1
Type of Closer
Surface mounted Closers
Closer Size
Overhead Concealed and

Floor Closers
Max. Door width Exterior (mm)

914 light screen or combination storm
doors
II
864
III
965
IV
1219
Extra large and subject to

strong drafts
VI
Concealed in Door Closers
Max. Door width Interior

(mm)
762
914
1067
N/A
Extra heavy or of unusual height & width
II
864
N/A
III
965
N/A
IV
1219
N/A
II
864
N/A
III
965
762
IV
1219
914
Extra large and subject to strong 1067

drafts
Extra heavy or of unusual height &
width
N/A
VI
14
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Division
Section
08800 - Glazing`
Part 1:
General
1 01
Summary
materials, and performing all operations in connection with production and installation
of glass.
1 01 01
Section includes
01.0 Standard Flat Glass
02.0 Plastic Glazing
03.0 Special Glasses
1 01 04
Related Sections
04200 Unit Masonry
08300 Special Doors
08500 Metal Windows
1 02
References
1 02 01
1 02 01 03
1 02 01 03 01

ISO 834 : 75
Fire-resistance tests - Elements of building construction
ISO 3009 : 76
Fire-resistance tests - Glazed elements
ISO 3934 : 78

ISO 9050 : 90
Glass in building - Determination of light transmittance, total

solar energy transmittance and ultraviolet transmittance, and
related glazing factors
ISO 9051 : 01
Glass in building - Glazed assemblies containing fire-resistant

transparent or translucent glass, for use in building
ISO 11600 : 93

requirements1 02 01 04 USA Standards
ASTM E90 : 99

Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements
ASTM E413 : 87
Classification for Rating Sound Insulation R(1999)
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1 02 01 06
1 02 01 07
1 02 02
ODAC
British Standards
BS 952 -
Glass for glazing
BS 952 - 1 : 95
Classification (R)
BS 5051 : 88(94)
Specification for glazing for interior use
BS 5544 : 78(94)
Specification for anti-bandit glazing
BS 5713 : 79(94)
Specification for hermetically sealed flat double glazing units
BS 6206 : 81
Specification for impact performance requirements for flat safety

glass and safety plastics for use in buildings
German Standards
DIN 4109 : 89
Sound insulation in buildings; requirements and testing.
DIN 52210 - 3 : 87
Testing of acoustics in buildings; airborne and impact sound

insulation; laboratory measurements of sound insulation of
building elements and field measurements between rooms.
Codes
BS 6262 : 82
1 03
Definitions
1 03 01
Technical Terms
Code of Practice for glazing for buildings
annealed glass - glass that has been subjected to controlled cooling to reduce the
presence of residual stresses in glass thus allowing easy cutting.
coated glass - glass substrate to which a coating has been applied, i.e. one or more
thin solid layers of inorganic materials, in order to modify one or more of its properties.
float glass - transparent glass, the surfaces of which are flat and parallel so that they
provide clear undistorted vision and reflection; float glass is manufactured by allowing
glass from a tank furnace to flow across a bath of molten metal.
fully tempered glass (FT) - is up to five times as strong as annealed glass and when
broken breaks into innumerable small fragments of more or less cubical shape; it is
intended for general glazing where high strength is desired and for safety glazing such
as doors, shower enclosures etc.
heat strengthened glass (HS) - is about twice as strong as annealed glass and when
broken the fragments are somewhat larger than fully tempered glass; it is intended for
general glazing where additional strength is desired.
heat treated flat glass - is classified in two different categories: Fully tempered (FT)
and heat strengthened (HS) flat glass.
insulating glass - comprises two or more panes of glass hermetically sealed at their
periphery; the air space(s) so formed are generally filled with dehydrated air, however
other gases may be used for improved thermal insulation.
laminated glass - consists of two or more panes of glass with an interlayer of
reinforcing material between each pane; the interlayers are resistant to penetration
and they absorb impact shock, holding the glass in place and preventing extensive
spalling of glass fragments.
off-line coating - process whereby individual pieces of glass are coated
on-line coating - process whereby the coating is applied to the surface of a
continually moving ribbon of glass during the manufacturing process.
patterned glass - translucent glass manufactured by the rolling process; usually the
deeper the pattern, the greater the obscuration and diffusion.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
polished wired glass - transparent wired glass produced by grinding and polishing
wired patterned glass
safety glass - glass which when tested in accordance with BS 6206 either does not
break, or breaks safely, and affords protection from cutting and piercing injuries in the
event of accidental human impact.
security glass - glass that affords protection against a specified level of attack.
sheet glass - transparent glass, manufactured by the flat drawn process; it has natural
fire-finished surfaces, but because the two surfaces are never perfectly flat and
parallel, there is always some distortion of vision and reflection.
silvered glass - is produced by the deposition of silver on to glass; the silver is then
protected by coatings, such as in the manufacture of mirrors.
tempered glass - see heat treated flat glass
tinted glass - transparent or translucent glass, depending on type of glass, where the
whole body of the glass is tinted
translucent glass - glass that transmits light with varying degrees of diffusion so that
vision is not clear.
venetian strip silvering - is a process by which alternate bands of silvered and clear
glass are produced to form what is often referred to as one-way vision glass - see
also silvered glass.
transparent glass - glass that transmits light and permits clear vision through it
wired glass - has steel wire mesh completely embedded in it
wired patterned glass - translucent wired glass with a patterned surface
1 03 02
Abbreviations
deg C
max.
min.
Rw
STC
U-value
K-value
1 05
degree Celsius
maximum
minimum
Submittals
section 01300.
1 05 01
Product Data
Provide product data for each type of glass specified, including label compliance, fire,sound- and insulation ratings, finishes and maintenance instructions.
referenced standards and requirements of local authorities.
1 05 02
Shop Drawings
1 05 03
Samples
Provide samples for initial selection purposes for tinted, coated and patterned glass.
1 05 04

Documented experience of contractors site supervisor(s)
Reports and records of contractors External Quality Control
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
1 05 05
Handing-Over Submittals
1 05 05 02

Provide information if installed glazing requires special maintenance procedures.
1 06
Quality Assurance
1 06 01
Qualifications
1 06 01 01
Glass products used in the work of this section shall be produced by manufacturers
regularly engaged in manufacturing glass and with a history of successful production
1 06 01 02
1 06 04
Quality Control
1 06 04 01

Checking of suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform with
Checking of suppliers delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and
specification.
1 07
1 07 01

Protect glass and glazing materials during delivery to comply with manufacturers
directions, and as required to prevent any damage to glass and glazing materials,
including effects of moisture, condensation and temperature changes.
Where insulating glass units will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, strictly
follow manufacturer's instructions.
1 07 02

Store glass at building site strictly according to manufacturers instructions. Protect it
against dust and dirt, yet take care for proper ventilation to prevent condensation.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 2:
Products
2 01
Standard Flat Glass
2 01 01
Float Glass
ODAC
Float glass is the main glass product used for glazing in buildings. It is also the basic
product for tempered, laminated and coated glass.
Float glass shall be produced according to BS 952 or an equivalent Standard. It shall
have parallel surfaces which provide clear undistorted vision and reflection without any
physical impurities.
Thickness of glass shall be as indicated in schedules or as required by size and wind
load.
2 01 02
Sheet glass
Sheet glass shall be produced according to BS 952 or an equivalent Standard. The
two surfaces shall almost be flat and parallel.
2 01 03
Patterned Glass
Patterned glass shall be produced by the rolling process as a translucent glass
according to BS 952, or an equivalent Standard. Type of pattern will be selected by
the Engineer according to manufacturer's sample chart. If tinted, patterned glass is
required, it shall be body tinted during the manufacturing process.
2 01 04
Wired Glass
Wired glass shall be produced with steel wire mesh completely embedded, according
to BS 952 or an equivalent Standard. The wire mesh of 12,5 mm2 shall be welded at
all intersections.
2 01 04 01
Wired Patterned Glass

Wired patterned glass shall be produced as stated above and patterned. Type of
pattern will be selected by the Engineer according to manufacturer's sample chart.
2 01 04 02
Polished Wired Glass

Polished wired glass shall be transparent, produced by grinding and polishing wired
patterned glass.
2 01 04 03
Safety Wired Glass

Safety wired glass shall be provided as patterned- or polished wired glass as indicated
in schedules and comply with the requirements of BS 5544 (safety glass) or an
2 03
Glazing Accessories
2 03 01
Elastomeric glazing sealants

Provide manufacturers standard chemically curing elastomeric sealant, which
complies with requirements of ISO 11600 or an equivalent Standard.
Comply with recommendations of sealant and glass manufacturers for selection of
sealant, which has performance characteristics suitable for applications indicated and
conditions at time of installation.
2 03 02
Preformed glazing tapes

Provide manufacturers standard solvent-free butyl-polyisobutylene formulation with a
solids content of 100 percent complying with AAMA A 804.1 or an equivalent
Standard. Extruded tape form shall be non-staining and non-migrating in contact with
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
non-porous surfaces with or without continuous spacer rod as recommended by

manufacturers of tape and glass for application indicated.
2 03 03
Glazing gaskets
Provide cellular elastomeric preformed gaskets, extruded or moulded, of profile and
hardness to maintain watertight seal, complying with requirements of ISO 3934 or an
2 04
Special Glasses
2 04 01
Coated Glass
Coating of glass is supposed to modify one or more of its properties. The properties
modified are:
- light reflectance/ transmittance
- solar heat reflectance/transmittance
- surface emitivity
There is only an European draft Standard (pr EN 1096-1) for coated glass existing.
Definition therefore is only possible by specifying certain manufacturers products.
The following coating systems are generally available:
- Medium performance solar control coating on clear float glass which is coated
during manufacture (on-line / pyrolitic) with a reflective layer that is sufficiently durable
for the glass to be used as single glazing.
- High performance solar control coating on clear or tinted float glass, which is
coated after manufacture (off-line / sputtered) and also after any further treatment like
lamination and tempering. This type of glass is mainly used for double-glazing only
with the coating on the second surface.
- Low emitivity (Low-E) coating for improved thermal insulation, available as on- or offline coating. This coating is normally only used for double glazing and is applied to the
third surface.
2 04 02
Tempered Glass
Tempered glass is available in two different kinds:
1.As thermally toughened- or fully tempered (FT) glass;
2. As heat strengthened glass (HS) - see definitions;
Only No. 1 can be produced to conform as safety glass.
2 04 02 01
Fully Tempered Glass (FT)

01.0 Fully tempered glass (thermally toughened) may be produced from float-, sheet-,
patterned- or body tinted float and sheet glass and shall comply with the
requirements for safety glass according to BS 6206 or an equivalent Standard.
02.0 Only on-line coated glass shall be tempered; Off-line coatings have to be applied
after the tempering process.
03.0 Opaque float- or sheet glass shall have a coloured ceramic frit fired into one
surface during the tempering process.
04.0 Cladding glass shall be produced from body tinted or reflective coated glass
which in tempered form is opacified, i.e. made opaque, by means of an organic
coating or film.
2 04 02 02
Heat Strengthened Glass (HS)

01.0 Heat strengthened glass may be produced from float-, sheet-, patterned- or body
tinted float and sheet glass as indicated in schedules and shall comply with the
requirements of BS 952 or an equivalent Standard.
02.0 Only on-line coated glass shall be tempered; Off-line coatings have to be applied
after the tempering process.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
03.0 Opaque float- or sheet glass shall have a coloured ceramic frit fired into one
surface during the tempering process.
04.0 Cladding glass shall be produced from body tinted or reflective coated glass
which in tempered form is opacified, i.e. made opaque, by means of an organic
coating or film.
2 04 03
Laminated Glass
Laminated glass is made of two or more layers of glass, bond together by interlayers
of non-visible foils or cast-in-place resin. In case of an accidental bodily impact it may
break, yet it will not fall into pieces, it will firmly stay in place. It can be used as safety
glass and for various types of security glasses.
Thickness for safety glass above the minimum has to be defined according to required
performance classification (local authorities).
Thickness for burglar resistant security glass above the minimum has to be defined
according to required performance classification either by using BS 5544, or
requirements of local authorities.
2 04 03 01
Standard Laminated Glass - Safety Glass

Standard laminated glass shall consist of two panes of glass (types as indicated) and
one interlayer of polyvinyl butyral (pvb) of 0,38 mm thickness. Minimum nominal
thickness 6,4 mm (2 x 3 mm glass + 0,38 mm interlayer) or as indicated in schedules.
It shall comply with BS 952 or an equivalent Standard.
2 02 03 02
Burglar Resistant Glass - Security Glass

Burglar resistant- or manual attack resistant glass shall either be a 3-ply laminate with
one interlayer of polyvinyl butyral (pvb) of 1,52 mm thickness, or a 5-ply laminate with
two 1,14 mm (pvb) interlayers. Minimum nominal thickness 7,5 mm (2 x 3 mm glass +
1,52 mm interlayer) or as indicated in schedules. It shall resist manual attack by
means of an axe, crowbar, pickaxe, etc. and delay access to a protected space for a
short period of time. It shall comply with BS 5544 or an equivalent Standard.
2 04 03 03
Bullet Resistant Glass

Bullet resistant glazing for interior use shall comply with the requirements of BS 5051
-1 and tested and labelled by an independent laboratory.
Provide glazing with one of the following classification refer to the Engineer:
2 04 03 05
* 01.0 Class G0
resistant to attack by a 9 mm parabellum hand gun.
* 02.0 Class G1
resistant to attack by a 357 magnum hand gun.
* 03.0 Class G2
resistant to attack by a 44 magnum hand gun.
* 04.0 Class R1
resistant to attack by a 5.56 mm rifle.
* 05.0 Class R2
resistant to attack by a 7.62 mm rifle.
* 06.0 Class S86
resistant to attack by a 12 bore shot gun.
Intumescent Interlayer Laminated Glass

There are two different fire-rated glass types available. They are defined in ISO 9051
as follows:
RE-glass: fire resistant for a given time/temperature
REI-glass: as above, yet with additional insulation capabilities (max. temperature rise
of the unexposed side 140 deg C)
Fire resistance times acc. to table 1 of ISO 9051:
Code
resistance time (min)
15
15 - 29
30
30 - 44
45
45 - 59
60
60 - 89
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
90
120
ODAC
90 - 119
120 (or more)
01.0 Provide fire-resistant glass for indicated resistance time as RE-glass according to
ISO 9051 and tested according to ISO 3009 or an equivalent Standards. Testing
and labelling shall be done by an independent laboratory.
02.0 Provide fire-resistant glass for indicated resistance time as REI-glass according
to ISO 9051 and tested according to ISO 3009 and ISO 834 or equivalent
Standards. Testing and labelling shall be done by an independent laboratory.
2 04 05
Insulating Glass
2 04 05 01
Standard Insulating Glass

Double glazing units shall comply with BS 5713 and fixed in accordance with the
recommendations of BS 6262, or an equivalent Standard.
All glass used in the fabrication of hermetically sealed double glazing units shall be of
float glass of types indicated in schedules. The spacer shall be of corrosion resistant
material, either aluminium or stainless steel. Provide cavity width and U-value (kvalue) as indicated in schedules.
2 04 05 01 01
Solar Control Coating

Provide solar reflective coating on the second surface of the above specified insulating
glass. Coating shall be applied on first quality annealed, clear or tinted float glass.
Provide type of coating, performance and colour of glass as indicated in schedules.
2 04 05 01 02
Low-Emissivity (Low-E) Coating

Provide Low-E coating on the third surface of above specified insulating glass. The
improved thermal insulating qualities shall comply with the required U-values (kvalues) indicated in schedules.
2 04 05 01 03
Safety Glass
Provide safety glass for the outer pane of above specified insulating glass, being
tempered or laminated as indicated in schedules and specified in the respective
paragraphs above. Provide additional solar reflective-, and / or Low-E coating if and as
2 04 05 01 04
Sound Insulation
Provide above specified insulating glass with sound insulation as indicated in
schedules. Glass with sound insulating requirements based on ASTM E 413 (STC)
shall be tested and labelled by an independent laboratory according to ASTM E 90.
Glass with sound insulating requirements based on DIN 4109 (Rw) shall be tested
and labelled by an independent laboratory according to DIN 52210 -3.
2 04 06
Bent Glass
There are no special standards for bent glass. In most cases it will be used for
overhead glazing and therefore should be of laminated glass.
2 05
Fabrication
2 05 01
01.0 Fabricate insulation glass in compliance with referenced standards. The two
panes of glass shall be hermetically dual sealed: Primary seal butyl; Secondary
seal polysulfide or silicon.
02.0 Any coating shall be carried out carefully according to 'the state of the art' to meet
manufacturer's own catalogue data.
2 05 04
Tolerances
Tolerances for any glass product shall not exceed tolerances given in the referenced
Standards.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Tolerances for insulation glass units shall not vary from the nominal by more than the
following:
Thickness:
(a) for two panes of glass each of 6 mm or less
plus air space 1 mm;
(b) for two panes of glass each of over 6 mm
plus air space 1.5 mm;
Length:
(a) up to 3 m2 : +3 mm -0 mm
(b) 3 - 8.5 m2 : +4.5 mm -0 mm
(c) over 8.5 m2 : +6 mm -0 mm
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Part 3:
Execution
3 01
General Examination
ODAC
Examine doors and windows where work of this section will be installed. Correct
conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed
with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3 02
General Preparation
Verify that glass complies with requirements in schedules for type and coating.
3 03
Installation
Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for glass, sealants, gaskets and other
glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including
those of referenced Standards.
01.0 Doors and windows to be glazed shall be shop- or field-glazed as indicated with
quality and type of glass specified.
02.0 Prepare surrounds and glass, unless otherwise directed, in conformance with
BS 6262 -Code of Practice for glazing of buildings or an equivalent Standard.
03.0 Use beads or stops furnished with the items to be glazed to secure the glass in
place.
04.0 Do not fit any insulating-, tempered- or laminated glass after it has left the factory.
05.0 Handle all glass with necessary care to avoid scratches and breaking of edges
etc. Take special care of coated glasses.
3 05

Prior to Preliminary handing Over thoroughly clean all glass and remove all labels,
paint spots and other defacements.
3 07
Protection
Protect glazing as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that it is without damage
at time of Preliminary Handing Over.
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC

4 01
General
For glass the rebate size shall be taken as basis for measurement.
4 02
Glass panes will be enumerated. Setting of glass will be included within the items.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC

5 01
General
Payment will be made for complete work including but not limited to furnishing all
5 02

Setting of glass including all setting material i.e. setting blocks, spacers, glazing tape
etc.
Cleaning and protection until final handing over .
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC

7 01
Clear Float Glass
Availability of clear float glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 1

(check also local manufacturers for availability - max. sizes are limited to container measurements)
7 02
Nominal
thickness
Tolerances
on thickness
Approximate
mass/unit area
Normal
maximum size
(mm)
(mm)
kg/m2
mm
+/-0,2
7,5
3210 x 6000
+/-0,2
10,0
3210 x 6000
+/-0,2
12,5
3210 x 6000
+/-0,2
15
3210 x 6000
+/-0,3
20
3210 x 6000
10
+/-0,3
25
3210 x 6000
12
+/-0,3
30
3210 x 6000
15
+/-0,5
37,5
3210 x 6000
19
+/-1,0
47,5
3210 x 6000
25
+/-1,0
62.5
3210 x 5100
Clear Sheet Glass
Availability of clear sheet glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 2

Nominal
thickness
Tolerance on
thickness
Approximate
mass/unit area
Normal
maximum size
(mm)
(mm)
kg/m2
mm
+/-0,3
7,5
2440 x 1320
+/-0,3
10,0
2880 x 2130
+/-0,3
12,5
2440 x 2130
+/-0,3
15,0
2440 x 2130
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
7 03
ODAC
Clear Patterned Glass
Availability of clear patterned glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 3

7 04
Nominal
thickness
Tolerance on
thickness
Approximate
mass/unit area
Normal
maximum size
(mm)
(mm)
kg/m2
mm
+/-0,5
7,5
2140 x 1320
+/-0,5
10,0
2140 x 1320
+/-0,5
15,0
2140 x 1320
+/-0,8
20,0
2140 x 1320
10
+/-1,0
25,0
2140 x 1320
Wired Glass
Availability of wired glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 4

Type
Nominal
thickness
Tolerance on
thickness
(mm)
(mm)
Approximate
mass/unit
area
Normal
maximum size
mm
kg/m2
Ordinary wired
Patterned
+/-0,7
16,5
1980 x 3700
Polished
0
+1,4
16,5
1980 x 3300
Patterned
+/-0,7
16,5
1985 x 3500
Polished
0
+1,4
16,5
1985 x 3300
Safety wired
14
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
7 05
ODAC
Thermally Toughened Glass
Availability of thermally toughened glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 5

Type
Nominal thickness
Normal maximum size
(mm)
mm
1300 x 2100
1500 x 2200
1600 x 3200
2000 x 4200
2000 x 4200
10
2000 x 4200
12
2000 x 4200
15
1700 x 4200
19
1500 x 4200
over 19
see manufacturer
1500 x 2200
1600 x 3200
2000 x 4200
2000 x 4200
10
2000 x 4200
12
2000 x 4200
1300 x 2000
1300 x 2500
10
1500 x 2500
1500 x 3210
10
2000 x 3500
Clear float glass
Body tinted float or

sheet glass
Patterned glass
Opaque glass
15
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
7 06
ODAC
Pvb Laminated Glass
Availability of pvb laminated glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 6

Type
Safety glass
Manual attack
7 07
Nominal
thickness
Tolerance on
thickness
mm
mm
Approximate
mass/unit
area
Normal
maximum
size
kg/m2
mm
4,4
+/- 0,4
11,0
2100 x 1200
4,8
+/- 0,4
11,0
2140 x 1320
6,4
+/- 0,4
16,0
3210 x 6000
6,8
+/- 0,4
16,0
3210 x 6000
8,4
+/- 0,4
21,0
3210 x 6000
8,8
+/- 0,4
21,0
3210 x 6000
7,5
+/- 0,4
16,0
3210 x 6000
9,5
+/- 0,4
21,0
3210 x 6000
11,3
+/- 0,6
23,5
2500 x 4500
11,5
+/- 0,4
26
3210 x 6000
Insulating Glass
Size limitations for insulating glass units: Ref.: BS 5713 - Table 1

Glass
thickness
mm
3
10
12
Cavity
width
mm
Maximum
larger
dimension
mm
Maximum
smaller
dimension
mm
Maximum
area
m2
Maximum
square
mm
5 to 6
2110
1270
2.4
1270
8 to 12
2110
1270
2.4
1270
5 to 6
2420
1300
2.86
1300
8 to 10
2440
1300
3.17
1300
12 to 20
2440
1300
3.17
1300
5 to 6
3000
1750
4.00
1750
8 to 12
3000
1750
4.8
2100
12 to 20
3000
1815
5.10
2100
5 to 6
4550
1980
5.88
2000
8 to 10
4550
2280
8.54
2440
12 to 20
4550
2440
9.00
2440
4270
2000
8.54
2440
8 to 12
5000
3000
15.00
3000
12 to 20
5000
3180
15.90
3250
12 to 20
5000
3180
15.90
3250
16
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
7 08
ODAC
Sound Transmission
The following table is extracted from VDI guideline 2719 Tab. 2 + 3

Sound
Transmission
Class
Rw
27
32
37
42
47
52
dB
17
08810 GLASS AND GLAZING
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 08810 Glass and Glazing
1.
GENERAL
1.1
Scope
This specification covers the requirements for glass and glazing for metal
frames, doors, windows, mirrors and glazed walls.
1.2
References
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent
referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation
only.
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM C 509
(1991) Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and

Sealing Material
ASTM C 669
(1975; R 1989) Glazing Compounds for Back Bedding

and Face Glazing of Metal Sash
ASTM C 864
(1990) Dense Elastomeric Seal Gaskets, Setting

Blocks, and Spacers
ASTM C 920
(1987) Elastomeric Joint Sealants
ASTM C 1036
(1991) Flat Glass
ASTM C 1048
(1992) Heat-Treated Flat Glass Kind HS, Kind FT

Coated and uncoated Glass
ASTM C 1172
(1991) Laminated Architectural Flat Glass
ASTM D 395
(1989) Rubber Property Compression Set
ASTM E 152
(1981a) Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
ASTM E 163
(1984) Fire Tests of Window Assemblies
ASTM E 773
(1988) Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units
ASTM E 774
(1988) Sealed Insulating Glass Units
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE)

ASCE 7
(1993) Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other

Structures
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR)
16 CFR 1201
Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials

FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS (FS)
FS DD-M-411
(Rev C) Mirrors, Glass
FS TT-P-00791
(Rev B; Am 2) Putty: Linseed-Oil Type, (For WoodSash-Glazing)
FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION (FGMA)

FGMA-01
(1990) Glazing Manual

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 80
1.3
(1992) Fire Doors and Windows
Submittals
Engineers approval is required for the following submittals:
1.3.1 Data
Manufacturers descriptive product data, handling and storage
recommendations, installation instructions, and cleaning instructions.
1.3.2 Drawings
Drawings showing complete details of the proposed setting methods, mullion
details, edge blocking, size of openings, frame details, materials, and types
and thickness of glass.
1.3.3 Certificates
Certificates stating that the glass meets the specified requirements. Labels or
marking affixed to the glass will be accepted in lieu of certificates.
1.3.4 Samples
a)
Glass
Two 300 x 300 mm samples illustrating each glass units.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
b)
ODAC
Glazing materials
Beads, gaskets, sealant and accessories.
1.4
System Description
Glazing systems shall be fabricated and installed watertight and airtight to
withstand thermal movement and wind loading without glass breakage, gasket
failure, deterioration of glazing accessories, and defects in the work.
1.5

Glazing compounds shall be delivered to the site in the manufacturers
unopened containers. Glass shall be stored indoors in a safe, well ventilated
dry location in accordance with manufacturers instructions, and shall not be
unpacked until needed for installation. Glass shall not be stored on site over 1
month.
1.6
Project / Site Conditions

Glazing work shall not be started until outdoor temperature is above 5
degrees C and rising, unless procedures recommended by glass
manufacturer are approved by the Engineer. Ventilation shall be provided to
prevent condensation of moisture on glazing work during installation. Glazing
work shall not be performed during damp or raining weather.
2.
PRODUCTS
Recommended vendors:
2.1
Blue-Green by Pilkington P.O Box 799, 811 Madison Avenue Toledo,

Ohio U.S.A.
Tel.: (419) 247-3779
fax: (419) 247-4573
P.P.G Industries Inc. Export Sales Customer Services, One PPG Place
31E Pittsburgh Pennsylvania, U.S.A
Tel.: (412) 434-3484
fax: (412) 434-2708
GURDIAN A company of Vision

www.gurdian.com
or equal approved
Float Glass
2.1.1 Clear Annealed Glass
Annealed glass shall be type I transparent flat type, Class 1 clear, Quality q4
glazing select, light transmittance and shading coefficient, conforming to
ASTM C 1036.
2.1.2 Tinted (Light-Reducing) Glass
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Tinted (light-reducing) glass shall be Type I transparent flat type, Class 3

tinted, Quality q4 glazing select. Light transmittance and shading coefficient
shall conform to ASTM C 1036. Color shall be blue.
2.2
Heat-Treated Glass
Heat-treated glass shall conform to the following requirements.
2.2.1 Tempered Glass
Tempered glass shall be kind FT fully tempered transparent flat type, Class 2tinted, condition A uncoated surface, quality q4 glazing select. Light
transmittance and shading coefficient shall conform to ASTM C 1048. Color
shall be blue.
2.3
Laminated Glass
Laminated Glass shall consist of two layers of type I transparent float
class 2-tinted quality q4 glazing select conforming to ASTM C 1036.
shall be bonded together with 0.38 mm thick PVB plastic interlayer
pressure, conforming to requirements of 16 CFR 1201 and ASTM C
Color shall be blue.
glass,
Glass
under
1172.
Glass of revolving door is 22mm thick 6-10-6mm

2.4
Mirrors
2.4.1 Glass Mirrors
Glass for mirrors shall be type I transparent flat type, glass, 1 clear glazing
quality q1 6.4mm thick conforming to ASTM C 1036. Glass color shall be
clear. Glass shall be coated with silver coating, copper protective coating, and
mirror backing paint conforming to FS DD-M-411. Silver coating shall be
highly adhesive pure silver coating of a thickness which shall provide
reflectivity of 83 percent or more of incident light when viewed through 6.4mm
thick glass, free of pinholes or other defects, Copper protective coating shall
be pure bright reflective copper, homogeneous without sludge, pinholes or
other defects, and shall be of proper thickness to prevent adhesion pull by
mirror backing paint. Mirror backing paint shall consist of two coats of special
scratch and abrasion-resistant paint applied, and shall be backed in uniform
thickness to provide a protection for silver and copper coatings which will
permit normal cutting and edge fabrication.
2.4.2 One-Way Mirrors

Glass for one-way mirrors shall be type I transparent flat type, glass 1 clear,
glazing quality q1 6.4mm thick conforming to ASTM C 1036. Glass shall be
coated on one face with a hard adherent film of chromium or other approved
coating of proven equivalent durability. Glass shall transmit not less than 5
percent nor more than 11 percent of total incident light in visible region, and
shall reflect from front surface of coating not less than 45 percent of total
incident light in visible region.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
2.4.3 Mirrors Accessories

2.4.3.1
Mastic
Mastic for setting mirrors shall be a polymer type mirror mastic resistant to
water, shock, cracking, vibration and thermal expansion. Mastic shall be
compatible with mirror backing paint, and shall be approved by mirror
manufacturer.
2.4.3.2
Mirror Frames
Mirrors shall be provided with mirror frames (J-mold channels) fabricated of

one-piece roll-formed type 304 stainless steel with No. 4 brushed satin finish
and concealed fasteners which will keep mirrors snug to wall. Frames shall be
31.8 x 6.4 x 6.4mm continuous at top and bottom of mirrors. Concealed
fasteners of type to suit wall construction material shall be provided with mirror
frames.
2.4.3.3
Mirror Clips
Concealed fasteners of type to suit wall construction material shall be

provided with clips.
2.5
Glazing Accessories
2.5.1 Performed Tape
Preformed tape shall be elastomeric rubber extruded into a ribbon of a width
and thickness suitable for specific application. Tape shall be of type which will
remain resilient, have excellent adhesion, and be chemically compatible to
glass, metal, or wood.
2.5.2 Sealant
Sealant shall be elastomeric conforming to ASTM C 920, type S or M, Grade
NS, Class 12.5, use G, of type chemically compatible with setting blocks,
preformed sealing tape and sealants used in manufacturing insulating glass.
Color of sealant shall be as selected.
2.5.3 Glazing Gaskets
Glazing gaskets shall be extruded with continuous integral locking projection
designed to engage into metal glass holding members to provide a watertight
seal during dynamic loading, building movements and thermal movements.
Glazing gaskets for a single glazed opening shall be comtinuous one-piece
units with factory-fabricated injection-molded corners free of flashing and
burrs. Glazing gaskets shall be in lengths or units recommended by
manufacturer to ensure against pull-back at corners. Glazing gasket profiles
shall be as indicated on drawings.
2.5.3.1
Fixed Glazing Gaskets
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Fixed glazing gaskets shall be closed-cell (sponge) smooth extruded

compression gaskets of cured elastomeric virgin neoprene compounds
conforming to ASTM C 509, type 2, option 1.
2.5.3.2
Wedge Glazing Gaskets
Wedge glazing gaskets shall be high-quality extrusions of cured elastomeric

virgin neoprene compounds, ozone resistant, conforming to ASTM C 864,
option 1, shore A durometer between 65 and 75.
2.5.3.3
Aluminum Framing Glazing Gaskets
Glazing gaskets for Aluminum Framing shall be permanent, elastic, nonshrinking, non-migrating, watertight and weathertight.
2.5.3.4
Glazing Compound
Glazing compound shall conform to ASTM C 669 for face-glazing metal sash.
Glazing compounds shall not be used with laminated glass.
2.5.3.5
Setting and Edge Blocking
Neoprene setting blocks shall be dense extruded type conforming to ASTM D

395, Method B, shore A durometer between 70 and 90. Edge blocking shall
be shore A durometer of 50 ( 5). Silicone setting blocks shall be required
when blocks are in contact with silicone sealant. Profiles, lengths and
locations shall be as required and recommended in writing by glass
manufacturer.
3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Preparation
Openings and framing systems scheduled to receive glass shall be examined
for compliance with approved shop drawings, FGMA-01 and glass
manufacturers recommendations including size, squareness, offsets at
corners, presence and function of weep system, face and edge clearance
requirements and effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members.
detrimental materials shall be removed from glazing rabbet and glass surface
and wiped dry with solvent. Glazing surfaces shall be dry.
3.2
Installation
Glass and glazing work shall be performed in accordance with approved shop
drawings, FGMA-01, glass manufacturers instructions and warranty
requirements. Glass shall be installed with factory labels intact and removed
only when instructed. Wired glass shall be installed in accordance with NFPA
80. Edges and corners shall not be ground, nipped or cut after leaving factory.
Springing, forcing or twisting of units during installation will nit be permitted.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3.3
ODAC
Cleaning
Upon completion of project, outside surfaces of glass shall be washed clean
and the inside surfaces of glass shall be washed and polished in accordance
with glass manufacturers recommendations.
3.4
Protection
Glasswork shall be protected immediately after installation. Glazed openings
shall be identified with suitable warning tapes, cloth or paper flags, attached
with non-staining adhesives. Reflective glass shall be protected with
a protective material to eliminate any contamination of the reflective coating.
Protective material shall be placed far enough away from the coated glass to
allow air to circulate to reduce heat buildup and moisture accumulation of the
glass. Glass units which are broken, chipped cracked, abraded, or otherwise
damaged during construction activities shall be removed and replace with new
units.
End of Section 08810
8

Division 08 Doors &amp; Windows Final

Cargado por

Información del documento

Descripción original:

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

Division 08 Doors &amp; Windows Final

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY

Division 08 Doors and Windows

DIVISION 08: DOORS AND WINDOWS

The internationally recognized framework known as Masterformat released by the Construction

Wood and Plastics

Thermal and Moisture Protection

Doors and Windows

Doors and Frames

Wooden and Plastic Doors

Entrances and Storefronts

Wooden and Plastic Windows

Further, each Section incorporates seven Parts as follows:

Annex: Tables and Figures: Those relevant to the individual Section.

Comments and Recommendations may be forwarded to the following address:

Division 09: Finishes

TYPES OF CURTAIN WALLING

CURTAIN WALLING TO ALL FACADES Type CW1 and CW2

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS/ PREPARATORY WORK

INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER

DESIGN AND PRODUCTION INFORMATION

Design and detailing:

INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF TESTING

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: The curtain walling shall be designed, constructed

Temporary imposed loads: Foot traffic and maintenance personnel.

DEFLECTION UNDER DEAD LOADS

RESISTANCE TO DEAD LOADS

MANUFACTURING CURTAIN WALL TOLERANCES

PANEL STRENGTH AND FLATNESS: Sheet aluminium members will be of

WIND RESISTANCE SERVICEABILITY: Glazed units in framing member tests

THERMAL STRESS IN GLAZING

SOUND TRANSMITTANCE: To Acoustic Consultants recommendations

UNPROTECTED AREA: The curtain walling will be classed as an unprotected

INTERNAL SURFACE SPREAD OF FLAME OF CURTAIN WALLING

DESIGN LIFE OF CURTAIN WALLING

COMPARISON (TYPE) TESTING

TEST SEQUENCE - STANDARD LABORATORY TESTS: To CWCT Standard

AIR PERMEABILITY/LEAKAGE TESTS

WATERTIGHTNESS STATIC TESTS: To CWCT Standard for curtain walling,

WIND RESISTANCE SERVICEABILITY TEST: To CWCT Standard for curtain

WIND RESISTANCE SAFETY TEST: To CWCT Standard for curtain walling,

WATERTIGHTNESS - HOSE SITE TEST

ALUMINIUM ALLOY FRAMING SECTIONS

ALUMINIUM SHEET MEMBERS FOR POLYESTER POWDER COATING: Shall

MILD STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS/ REINFORCEMENT

Standards: To relevant parts of BS 7668, BS EN 10029, BS EN 10113, BS EN

PACKING AND SHIMS

GLAZING SYSTEM: Shall be

- BS EN 1863 for heat strengthened soda lime silicate glass.

Subjected to a heat soaking regime designed to reduce the incidence of failure

SEALANTS shall be:

procedure and ensure adequate adhesion. Results shall be submitted to the CA

PROTECTIVE COATING OF MILD STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS/

FIXINGS/ ADHESIVES APPLICATION

SUITABILITY OF SUPPORTING STRUCTURE

FIXING ANCHOR INSTALLATION

PRELIMINARY CURTAIN WALLING INSTALLATION

CURTAIN WALLING INSTALLATION

METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING

To be read with Preliminaries/ General Conditions

INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED WITH TENDER

ALUMINIUM CLADDING PANELS TO EXTERNAL ANGLED SHADING

HONEYCOMB CLADDING PANEL SYSTEM

Manufacturer and reference:

Division 08 Doors & Windows Final

Division 08 Doors & Windows Final